TW201506544A - Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device - Google Patents

Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201506544A
TW201506544A TW103126674A TW103126674A TW201506544A TW 201506544 A TW201506544 A TW 201506544A TW 103126674 A TW103126674 A TW 103126674A TW 103126674 A TW103126674 A TW 103126674A TW 201506544 A TW201506544 A TW 201506544A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
group
pigment
compound
photosensitive resin
resin composition
Prior art date
Application number
TW103126674A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI592752B (en
Inventor
Haruki Inabe
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW201506544A publication Critical patent/TW201506544A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI592752B publication Critical patent/TWI592752B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B1/00Dyes with anthracene nucleus not condensed with any other ring
    • C09B1/16Amino-anthraquinones
    • C09B1/20Preparation from starting materials already containing the anthracene nucleus
    • C09B1/206Dyes with amino groups substituted by heterocyclic radicals
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B29/00Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B29/02Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from diazotised o-amino-hydroxy compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B29/00Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B29/32Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from coupling components containing a reactive methylene group
    • C09B29/33Aceto- or benzoylacetylarylides
    • C09B29/335Aceto- or benzoylacetylarylides free of acid groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B29/00Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling
    • C09B29/34Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components
    • C09B29/36Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds
    • C09B29/3604Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom
    • C09B29/3647Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a five-membered ring with two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms
    • C09B29/3652Monoazo dyes prepared by diazotising and coupling from other coupling components from heterocyclic compounds containing only a nitrogen as heteroatom containing a five-membered ring with two nitrogen atoms as heteroatoms containing a 1,2-diazoles or hydrogenated 1,2-diazoles
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B48/00Quinacridones
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/004Diketopyrrolopyrrole dyes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/22Absorbing filters
    • G02B5/223Absorbing filters containing organic substances, e.g. dyes, inks or pigments
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • G03F7/0388Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable with ethylenic or acetylenic bands in the side chains of the photopolymer
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • G02B5/201Filters in the form of arrays

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)

Abstract

A colored photosensitive resin composition is provided, which contains a pigment (A), a basic dye derivative (B), a phosphoric acid series dispersing agent (C) represented by the following formula (II), a resin (D) obtained by polymerizating a compound (x) represented by the following formula (IV) with a compound (y) having an ethylenic unsaturated double bond, a photopolymerization initiator (E) and a polymerizable compound (F).

Description

著色感光性樹脂組成物、硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩 色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置 Coloring photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, color Method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device

本發明是有關於一種適於製作液晶顯示元件(液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD))或固體攝像元件(電荷耦合元件(Charge-coupled Device,CCD)、互補式金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor,CMOS)等)等中所用的彩色濾光片的著色感光性樹脂組成物、具有藉由所述組成物所製作的著色區域的彩色濾光片、及具有所述彩色濾光片的固體攝像元件、有機發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode,LED)用液晶顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置。 The invention relates to a liquid crystal display element (Liquid Crystal Display (LCD)) or a solid-state imaging device (Charge-coupled Device (CCD), Complementary Metal Oxide Semiconductor (Complementary Metal- a colored photosensitive resin composition of a color filter used in an Oxide-Semiconductor, CMOS, or the like), a color filter having a colored region formed by the composition, and a color filter having the color filter An image display device such as a solid-state imaging device or a liquid crystal display device for an organic light emitting diode (LED).

近年來,伴隨著個人電腦(personal computer)、特別是大畫面液晶電視的發展,有液晶顯示器(LCD)、特別是彩色液晶顯示器的需要增加的傾向。由於進一步高畫質化的要求,亦期望有機電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)顯示器的普及。另一方面,由於數位照相機(digital camera)、帶有照相機的行動電話的 普及,CCD影像感測器等固體攝像元件的需要亦不斷增大。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers, particularly large-screen liquid crystal televisions, there is a tendency for liquid crystal displays (LCDs), particularly color liquid crystal displays, to increase. Due to the demand for further high image quality, the popularity of organic electroluminescence (EL) displays is also desired. On the other hand, due to the digital camera, the mobile phone with the camera Popularization, the demand for solid-state imaging elements such as CCD image sensors is also increasing.

作為該些顯示器或光學元件的關鍵元件(key device),使用彩色濾光片,進一步高畫質化的要求與對成本降低(cost down)的要求不斷提高。此種彩色濾光片通常具備紅色(R)、綠色(G)及藍色(B)三原色的著色圖案,於顯示元件或攝像元件中,發揮將所通過的光分成三原色的作用。 As a key device for these displays or optical components, the use of color filters further increases the requirements for higher image quality and cost reduction. Such a color filter usually has a color pattern of three primary colors of red (R), green (G), and blue (B), and functions to divide the passed light into three primary colors in a display element or an image sensor.

對於彩色濾光片中使用的著色劑,共同要求如下特性。 For the coloring agent used in the color filter, the following characteristics are required in common.

即,需要如下特性:於色彩再現性方面具有較佳的分光特性;不存在導致液晶顯示器的對比度降低的光散射或導致固體攝像元件的顏色不均.色斑感的光學濃度的不均勻性等光學混亂;於所使用的環境條件下的堅牢性、例如耐熱性、耐光性、耐濕性等良好;莫耳吸光係數大而可實現薄膜化等。 That is, the following characteristics are required: there are preferable spectral characteristics in terms of color reproducibility; there is no light scattering which causes a decrease in contrast of the liquid crystal display or color unevenness of the solid-state imaging element. The optical density of the unevenness of the color sensation is optically disordered; the fastness under the environmental conditions to be used, for example, heat resistance, light resistance, moisture resistance, and the like are good; the molar absorption coefficient is large, and thinning can be achieved.

因此,著色劑通常是使用顏料。 Therefore, the colorant is usually a pigment.

於形成液晶顯示元件(LCD)或固體攝像元件(CCD、CMOS等)及有機LED用液晶顯示裝置中所用的彩色濾光片時,通常於在基板上塗佈著色感光性樹脂組成物的步驟之後,實行進行圖案曝光的步驟、及利用鹼性顯影液進行顯影的步驟。此時,有時於塗佈著色感光性樹脂組成物的步驟之後、進行曝光.顯影步驟之前的期間中放置幾天。通常將此種塗佈後的放置稱為塗佈後延遲(Post Coating Delay,PCD)。其原因在於:有時於彩色濾光片製造過程中,預先儲存塗佈有著色感光性樹脂組成物的基板,空出曝光.顯影裝置,然後一併進行後續的曝光.顯影步驟的情況 下,可有效地進行處理。 In the case of forming a color filter used in a liquid crystal display device (LCD), a solid-state imaging device (CCD, CMOS, etc.) and a liquid crystal display device for an organic LED, usually after the step of applying a colored photosensitive resin composition on the substrate The step of performing pattern exposure and the step of performing development using an alkaline developer are carried out. At this time, exposure may be performed after the step of applying the colored photosensitive resin composition. Place for a few days during the period before the development step. This post-coating placement is generally referred to as Post Coating Delay (PCD). The reason is that, in the color filter manufacturing process, the substrate coated with the colored photosensitive resin composition is stored in advance, and the exposure is vacant. The developing device is then combined for subsequent exposure. Development step Under, it can be processed effectively.

由於如上所述的背景,對著色感光性樹脂組成物要求於PCD後於著色圖案的形成方面不引起問題。具體而言,圖1為自基板上方對在基板上塗佈著色感光性樹脂組成物後立即進行曝光.顯影的情形時所形成的著色圖案1進行觀察的示意圖。此處,將著色圖案形成為矩形。對於著色感光性樹脂組成物,要求於PCD後亦保持此種矩形圖案的形成。 Due to the background as described above, there is no problem in the formation of the colored pattern after the PCD is required for the colored photosensitive resin composition. Specifically, FIG. 1 is an exposure immediately after coating a colored photosensitive resin composition on a substrate from above the substrate. A schematic view of the colored pattern 1 formed in the case of development is observed. Here, the colored pattern is formed into a rectangular shape. For the colored photosensitive resin composition, it is required to maintain the formation of such a rectangular pattern after the PCD.

然而,視著色感光性樹脂組成物的種類不同,如圖2所示,有時PCD後的著色圖案1大幅度地倒塌。 However, depending on the type of the coloring photosensitive resin composition, as shown in FIG. 2, the coloring pattern 1 after PCD may be largely collapsed.

例如於專利文獻1及專利文獻2中記載有一種感光性著色組成物,其含有包含特定結構的丙烯酸系單體作為共聚合成分的樹脂。 For example, Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 describe a photosensitive coloring composition containing a resin containing a specific structure of an acrylic monomer as a copolymerization component.

另外,於專利文獻3及專利文獻4中記載有一種顏料組成物,其含有特定結構的含三嗪環的鹼性化合物及特定結構的磷酸系分散劑。 Further, Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4 disclose a pigment composition containing a triazine ring-containing basic compound having a specific structure and a phosphate-based dispersant having a specific structure.

[現有技術文獻] [Prior Art Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特開2004-101728號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2004-101728

[專利文獻2]日本專利特開2007-212654號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-212654

[專利文獻3]日本專利特開2007-231106號公報 [Patent Document 3] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-231106

[專利文獻4]日本專利特開2007-231107號公報 [Patent Document 4] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2007-231107

專利文獻1及專利文獻2中記載,藉由使用含有特定結構的丙烯酸系單體作為共聚合成分的樹脂,可獲得分散穩定性等優異的著色組成物,但於製成彩色濾光片時的顏色不均(色斑)或色斑的經時穩定性的方面有進一步改良的餘地。可認為其原因在於:對於專利文獻1、專利文獻2中記載般的著色感光性樹脂組成物而言,分散樹脂對顏料粒子的吸附不穩定,於使組成物長期經時的過程中,吸附於顏料粒子表面的分散樹脂自顏料粒子表面脫離。因此推測,於使組成物長期經時的過程中,顏料粒子引起二次凝聚而顏料粒徑變得粗大,導致經時後的彩色濾光片的色斑劣化。 In Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2, a coloring composition excellent in dispersion stability and the like can be obtained by using a resin containing a specific structure of an acrylic monomer as a copolymerization component, but when a color filter is used, There is room for further improvement in terms of color unevenness (stain) or temporal stability of the stain. It is considered that the coloring photosensitive resin composition as described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 is unstable in the adsorption of the pigment particles by the dispersion resin, and is adsorbed to the composition during the long-term passage of the composition. The dispersed resin on the surface of the pigment particles is detached from the surface of the pigment particles. Therefore, it is presumed that during the long-term passage of the composition, the pigment particles cause secondary aggregation and the pigment particle size becomes coarse, resulting in deterioration of the color spot of the color filter after the passage.

另外,於專利文獻3及專利文獻4中記載,藉由使用特定結構的含三嗪環的鹼性化合物及特定結構的磷酸系分散劑,可獲得分散穩定性等優異的顏料組成物。然而,專利文獻3及專利文獻4中,亦仍於用作彩色濾光片時的顏色不均(色斑)或色斑的經時穩定性、進而PCD後的圖案形成性的方面有進一步改良的餘地。可認為其原因在於:對於專利文獻3、專利文獻4中記載般的由含有特定結構的磷酸系分散劑的顏料組成物所得的著色感光性樹脂組成物而言,構成組成物的各成分的相容性差,於塗佈後的放置(PCD)過程中形成塗膜的一部分成分發生相分離,藉由其後的曝光.顯影所得的著色圖案大幅度地倒塌。 In addition, it is described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4 that a pigment composition excellent in dispersion stability and the like can be obtained by using a triazine ring-containing basic compound having a specific structure and a phosphate dispersant having a specific structure. However, in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4, the color unevenness (stain), the temporal stability of the stain, and the pattern formation property after PCD are further improved. Room for it. It is considered that the coloring photosensitive resin composition obtained from the pigment composition containing the phosphate-based dispersing agent having a specific structure as described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4 constitutes the phase of each component constituting the composition. Poor capacitance, phase separation of a part of the coating film formed during the post-coating (PCD) process, followed by exposure. The coloring pattern developed by the development collapsed drastically.

本發明解決所述課題,且是有關於一種顏色不均(色斑) 或色斑的經時穩定性、進而PCD後的圖案形成性優異的著色感光性樹脂組成物,利用所述著色感光性樹脂組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。 The present invention solves the above problems, and is related to a color unevenness (stain) Or a colored photosensitive resin composition having excellent temporal stability of a stain and further pattern formation after PCD, a cured film using the colored photosensitive resin composition, a color filter, and a method of producing a color filter , solid-state imaging device and image display device.

本發明者等人進行了詳細研究,結果發現,藉由使用既定的磷酸系分散劑及既定的樹脂黏合劑,可解決所述課題。 As a result of intensive studies, the inventors of the present invention have found that the problem can be solved by using a predetermined phosphate dispersant and a predetermined resin binder.

具體而言,藉由下述手段<1>、較佳為手段<2>~手段<17>解決了所述課題。 Specifically, the above problem is solved by the following means <1>, preferably means <2>~ means <17>.

<1>一種著色感光性樹脂組成物,含有:(A)顏料、(B)鹼性色素衍生物、(C)下述通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑、(D)將下述通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂、(E)光聚合起始劑、以及(F)聚合性化合物, <1> A colored photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) a pigment, (B) a basic dye derivative, (C) a phosphate-based dispersant represented by the following formula (II), and (D) a resin obtained by copolymerizing a compound (x) represented by the formula (IV) with a compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, (E) a photopolymerization initiator, and (F) a polymerizable compound,

(通式(II)中,R3表示數量平均分子量為400~30000的聚酯結構,y表示1或2;於y為2的情形時,多個R3分別可相同 亦可不同;通式(IV)中,R4表示氫原子或甲基,R5表示碳數2或3的伸烷基,R6表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1~20的烷基,n表示1~15的整數;於n為2以上的情形時,多個R5分別可相同亦可不同)。 (In the formula (II), R 3 represents a polyester structure having a number average molecular weight of 400 to 30,000, y represents 1 or 2; and in the case where y is 2, a plurality of R 3 's may be the same or different; In (IV), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 5 represents an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a benzene ring, and n represents 1 An integer of ~15; when n is 2 or more, a plurality of R 5 's may be the same or different).

<2>如<1>所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中(B)鹼性色素衍生物是具有胺基的化合物。 <2> The colored photosensitive resin composition as described in <1>, wherein (B) the basic dye derivative is a compound having an amine group.

<3>如<1>或<2>所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中(A)顏料是選自由紅色顏料、綠色顏料及黃色顏料所組成的組群中。 <3> The coloring photosensitive resin composition as described in <1> or <2>, wherein (A) pigment is selected from the group consisting of a red pigment, a green pigment, and a yellow pigment.

<4>如<1>至<3>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中通式(II)中,R3所表示的聚酯結構的數量平均分子量為1900~10000。 <4><1> to <3> in the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above wherein the general formula (II), R 3 Number-average molecular weight of the polyester structure is indicated by 1900 to 10,000.

<5>如<1>至<4>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中通式(II)中,R3所表示的聚酯結構為將兩種以上的不同的內酯單體開環聚合所得的聚酯結構。 <5><1> to <4> The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims, wherein the general formula (II), R 3 polyester structure is indicated by the two or more different inner The polyester structure obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an ester monomer.

<6>如<1>至<5>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,更含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂。 <6> The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <5> further comprising (G) a resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain.

<7>如<6>所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂為使化合物(b)與共聚物(a)反應而成的樹脂,所述化合物(b)具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵,所述共聚物(a)為具有2個~6個羥基的聚合 性單體(p)與其他聚合性單體(q)的共聚物。 <7> The colored photosensitive resin composition according to <6>, wherein the resin having a polymerizable double bond in the (G) side chain is a resin obtained by reacting the compound (b) with the copolymer (a). The compound (b) has a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and the copolymer (a) is a polymerization having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups. A copolymer of a monomer (p) and another polymerizable monomer (q).

<8>如<1>至<7>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中相對於(A)顏料100質量份,(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂的含量為5質量份~80質量份。 The coloring photosensitive resin composition of any one of the above-mentioned (A), (D) the compound represented by General formula (IV) with respect to (A) pigment (100). x) The content of the resin copolymerized with the compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is 5 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass.

<9>如<1>至<8>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述著色感光性樹脂組成物是使(A)顏料、(B)鹼性色素衍生物及(C)通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑分散後,調配(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂而成。 The coloring photosensitive resin composition of any one of the above-mentioned coloring photosensitive resin composition, (A) pigment, (B) basic pigment derivative, and (C) After dispersing the phosphate-based dispersant represented by the formula (II), the compound (x) represented by the formula (IV) is copolymerized with the compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. Made of resin.

<10>如<1>至<9>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其是用於形成彩色濾光片的著色區域。 <10> The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <9> which is a colored region for forming a color filter.

<11>一種硬化膜,其是使如<1>至<10>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物硬化而成。 <11> A cured film obtained by curing the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>.

<12>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括以下步驟:將如<1>至<10>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性組成物層的步驟;將著色感光性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 <12> A method of producing a color filter, comprising the step of applying a colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10> to a support to form a colored photosensitive composition. a step of exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer to a pattern; and a step of developing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.

<13>一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括以下步驟:將如<1>至<10>中任一項所記載的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性組成物層,使其硬化而形成 著色層的步驟;於著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影而使光阻層圖案化,獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對著色層進行乾蝕刻的步驟。 <13> A method of producing a color filter, comprising the step of applying a colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10> to a support to form a colored photosensitive composition. Layer, hardening it to form a step of coloring a layer; a step of forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; a step of patterning the photoresist layer by exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and using the resist pattern as an etch mask The step of performing a dry etching on the colored layer.

<14>一種彩色濾光片,其為具有如<11>所記載的硬化膜的彩色濾光片。 <14> A color filter which is a color filter having a cured film as described in <11>.

<15>一種彩色濾光片,其是藉由如<12>或<13>所記載的彩色濾光片的製造方法製造而成。 <15> A color filter manufactured by the method for producing a color filter according to <12> or <13>.

<16>一種固體攝像元件,具有如<14>或<15>所記載的彩色濾光片。 <16> A solid-state imaging device comprising the color filter according to <14> or <15>.

<17>一種圖像顯示裝置,具有如<14>或<15>所記載的彩色濾光片。 <17> An image display device comprising the color filter according to <14> or <15>.

根據本發明,可提供一種顏色不均(色斑)或色斑的經時穩定性、進而PCD後的圖案形成性優異的著色感光性樹脂組成物,利用所述著色感光性樹脂組成物的硬化膜、彩色濾光片、彩色濾光片的製造方法、固體攝像元件及圖像顯示裝置。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored photosensitive resin composition which is excellent in color unevenness (stain) or color plaque over time and further in pattern formation after PCD, and is hardened by the colored photosensitive resin composition. A film, a color filter, a method of producing a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display device.

1‧‧‧著色圖案 1‧‧‧Coloring pattern

圖1為自基板上方對在基板上塗佈著色感光性樹脂組成物後立即進行曝光.顯影的情形時所形成的著色圖案進行觀察的示意 圖。 Figure 1 is an exposure immediately after coating a colored photosensitive resin composition on a substrate from above the substrate. Schematic representation of the colored pattern formed in the case of development Figure.

圖2為自基板上方對在基板上塗佈著色感光性樹脂組成物並於PCD後進行曝光.顯影的情形時所形成的著色圖案進行觀察的示意圖。 2 is a coating of a colored photosensitive resin composition on a substrate from above the substrate and exposure after PCD. A schematic view of the colored pattern formed in the case of development.

以下,對本發明的內容加以詳細說明。另外,於本申請案說明書中,所謂「~」是以包含其前後所記載的數值作為下限值及上限值的含意而使用。另外,所謂本發明的有機EL元件,是指有機電致發光元件。 Hereinafter, the contents of the present invention will be described in detail. In addition, in the specification of the present application, "~" is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit. Further, the organic EL device of the present invention means an organic electroluminescence device.

於本說明書中,所謂總固體成分,是指自著色感光性樹脂組成物的總組成中去掉溶劑所得的成分的總質量。 In the present specification, the total solid content refers to the total mass of the components obtained by removing the solvent from the total composition of the colored photosensitive resin composition.

於本說明書中的基團(原子團)的表述中,未記載經取代及未經取代的表述包含不具有取代基的基團,並且亦包含具有取代基的基團。例如,所謂「烷基」,不僅包含不具有取代基的烷基(未經取代的烷基),而且亦包含具有取代基的烷基(經取代的烷基)。 In the expression of the group (atomic group) in the present specification, it is not described that the substituted and unsubstituted expression includes a group having no substituent, and also includes a group having a substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).

另外,本說明書中所謂「放射線」,例如是指水銀燈的明線光譜、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、極紫外線(Extreme Ultraviolet,EUV)光、X射線、電子束等。另外,本發明中所謂光,是指光化射線或放射線。本說明書中所謂「曝光」,只要無特別說明,則不僅是指利用水銀燈、準分子雷射所代表的遠紫外線、X射線、EUV光等的曝光,利用電子束、離子束等粒子束的描畫 亦包括在曝光中。 In addition, the term "radiation" as used herein means, for example, a bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, a far ultraviolet ray represented by an excimer laser, an extreme ultraviolet ray (EUV) light, an X ray, an electron beam, or the like. Further, the term "light" as used in the present invention means actinic ray or radiation. In the present specification, the term "exposure" is used to describe not only the ultraviolet light, the X-ray, the EUV light, etc., which are represented by mercury lamps or excimer lasers, but also the use of particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Also included in the exposure.

另外,本說明書中,「(甲基)丙烯酸酯」表示丙烯酸酯及甲基丙烯酸酯兩者或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯酸」表示丙烯酸及甲基丙烯酸兩者或任一者,「(甲基)丙烯醯基」表示丙烯醯基及甲基丙烯醯基兩者或任一者。 In the present specification, "(meth)acrylate" means either or both of acrylate and methacrylate, and "(meth)acrylic acid" means either or both of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid," The (meth)acrylonyl group means either or both of an acryloyl group and a methacryl group.

另外,於本說明書中,「單體」與「單體(monomer)」為相同含意。本說明書中的單體是指與寡聚物及聚合物相區分、重量平均分子量為2,000以下的化合物。於本說明書中,所謂聚合性化合物,是指具有聚合性官能基的化合物,可為單體亦可為聚合物。所謂聚合性官能基,是指參與聚合反應的基團。 In addition, in this specification, "monomer" and "monomer" have the same meaning. The monomer in the present specification means a compound which is distinguished from an oligomer and a polymer and has a weight average molecular weight of 2,000 or less. In the present specification, the polymerizable compound means a compound having a polymerizable functional group, and may be a monomer or a polymer. The polymerizable functional group refers to a group that participates in a polymerization reaction.

重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量可藉由凝膠滲透層析法(Gel Permeation Chromatography,GPC)來求出。 The weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight can be determined by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).

於本說明書中,化學式中的Me表示甲基,Et表示乙基,Pr表示丙基,Bu表示丁基,Ph表示苯基。 In the present specification, Me in the chemical formula represents a methyl group, Et represents an ethyl group, Pr represents a propyl group, Bu represents a butyl group, and Ph represents a phenyl group.

本說明書中「步驟」一詞,不僅是指獨立的步驟,於無法與其他步驟明確區分的情形時,只要可達成該步驟的預期作用,則亦包括在該用語中。 The term "step" in this specification refers not only to an independent step, but also to a situation where it cannot be clearly distinguished from other steps, as long as the intended effect of the step can be achieved.

本發明是鑒於所述狀況而成,其目的在於提供一種顏色特性優異的著色組成物。 The present invention has been made in view of the above circumstances, and an object thereof is to provide a coloring composition excellent in color characteristics.

於本說明書中,重量平均分子量及數量平均分子量是以由GPC測定所得的聚苯乙烯換算值來定義。本說明書中,重量平均分子量(Mw)及數量平均分子量(Mn)例如可藉由以下方式求 出:使用HLC-8220(東曹(股)製造),使用TSKgel Super AWM-H(東曹(股)製造,6.0mmID×15.0cm)作為管柱,使用10mmol/L的溴化鋰N-甲基吡咯啶酮(N-methyl pyrrolidinone,NMP)溶液作為溶離液。 In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight and the number average molecular weight are defined by polystyrene-converted values obtained by GPC measurement. In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and the number average molecular weight (Mn) can be obtained, for example, by the following means. Out: Using HLC-8220 (manufactured by Tosoh Co., Ltd.), using TSKgel Super AWM-H (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation, 6.0 mm ID × 15.0 cm) as a column, using 10 mmol/L of lithium bromide N-methylpyrrole A solution of N-methyl pyrrolidinone (NMP) was used as the eluent.

<著色感光性樹脂組成物> <Coloring photosensitive resin composition>

本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物(以下有時稱為「本發明的組成物」、「著色組成物」)的特徵在於含有:(A)顏料、(B)鹼性色素衍生物、(C)下述通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑、(D)將下述通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂、(E)光聚合起始劑、以及(F)聚合性化合物。 The colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "the composition of the present invention" or "colored composition") is characterized by containing (A) a pigment, (B) a basic dye derivative, and (C) a phosphate dispersant represented by the following formula (II), (D) a compound (x) represented by the following formula (IV) and a compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond; A resin, (E) a photopolymerization initiator, and (F) a polymerizable compound.

(通式(II)中,R3表示數量平均分子量為400~30000的聚酯結構,y表示1或2。於y為2的情形時,多個R3分別可相同亦可不同。 (In the formula (II), R 3 represents a polyester structure having a number average molecular weight of 400 to 30,000, and y represents 1 or 2. When y is 2, a plurality of R 3 's may be the same or different.

通式(IV)中,R4表示氫原子或甲基,R5表示碳數2或3的 伸烷基,R6表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1~20的烷基,n表示1~15的整數。於n為2以上的情形時,多個R5分別可相同亦可不同。) In the formula (IV), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 5 represents an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a benzene ring, n Indicates an integer from 1 to 15. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R 5 's may be the same or different. )

藉由使用本發明的組成物,顏色不均(色斑)或色斑的經時穩定性、進而PCD後的圖案形成性變優異。可獲得此種本發明的效果的理由雖不確定,但可推測如下理由。 By using the composition of the present invention, the color unevenness (color unevenness) or the temporal stability of the color spots and the pattern formation property after PCD are excellent. Although the reason why the effect of the present invention can be obtained is not certain, the following reason can be presumed.

可推測,若將(C)通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑、與(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂併用,則(C)通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑可獲得以下效果:分散劑強力地吸附於顏料粒子,抑制伴隨著組成物的經時的色斑劣化。另外推測其原因在於:(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂作為增容劑(compatibilizer)而發揮功能,抑制構成組成物的各成分於塗佈後的放置(PCD)過程中發生相分離的情況。可認為,藉此本發明的顏色不均(色斑)或色斑的經時穩定性、進而PCD後的圖案形成性變優異。 It is estimated that (C) the phosphate-based dispersant represented by the formula (II) and (D) the compound (x) represented by the formula (IV) and the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond (y) (C) The phosphate-based dispersing agent represented by the formula (II) can obtain the following effects: the dispersing agent strongly adsorbs to the pigment particles, and suppresses the colored spots accompanying the composition over time. Deterioration. Further, it is presumed that (D) a resin obtained by copolymerizing a compound (x) represented by the formula (IV) and a compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond as a compatibilizer The function is to inhibit the phase separation of the components constituting the composition during the post-coating (PCD) process. It is considered that the color unevenness (stain) of the present invention, the temporal stability of the stain, and the pattern formation property after PCD are excellent.

以下,對本發明的組成物加以詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the composition of the present invention will be described in detail.

<<(A)顏料>> <<(A) Pigment>>

本發明的組成物含有(A)顏料。本發明中使用的顏料較佳為選自由紅色顏料、綠色顏料及黃色顏料所組成的組群中,可使用以前公知的各種無機顏料或有機顏料。所述顏料較佳為高透射率。 The composition of the present invention contains (A) a pigment. The pigment used in the present invention is preferably selected from the group consisting of a red pigment, a green pigment, and a yellow pigment, and various conventional inorganic pigments or organic pigments can be used. The pigment is preferably high in transmittance.

無機顏料可列舉金屬氧化物、金屬錯鹽等所表示的金屬 化合物,具體可列舉:碳黑、鈦黑等黑色顏料,鐵、鈷、鋁、鎘、鉛、銅、鈦、鎂、鉻、鋅、銻等的金屬氧化物,及所述金屬的複合氧化物。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include a metal represented by a metal oxide or a metal salt. Specific examples of the compound include black pigments such as carbon black and titanium black, metal oxides of iron, cobalt, aluminum, cadmium, lead, copper, titanium, magnesium, chromium, zinc, cerium, and the like, and composite oxides of the metals. .

有機顏料例如可列舉:顏色索引(Color Index,C.I.)顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃31、C.I.顏料黃53、C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃93、C.I.顏料黃99、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃147、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃155、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185、C.I.顏料黃199;C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙38、C.I.顏料橙43、C.I.顏料橙71;C.I.顏料紅81、C.I.顏料紅105、C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅149、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅176、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅220、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264、C.I.顏料紅270;C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫32、C.I.顏料紫39;C.I.顏料藍1、C.I.顏料藍2、C.I.顏料藍15、C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍66;C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58;C.I.顏料棕25、C.I.顏料棕28; C.I.顏料黑1等。 Examples of the organic pigment include color index (CI) Pigment Yellow 11, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 31, CI Pigment Yellow 53, CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 93, CI Pigment Yellow 99, and CI Pigment. Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 147, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 155, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Yellow 199; CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 38, CI Pigment Orange 43, CI Pigment Orange 71; CI Pigment Red 81, CI Pigment Red 105, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 149, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 155, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 176, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 220, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Red 270; CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI Pigment Violet 39; CI Pigment Blue 1, CI Pigment Blue 2, CI Pigment Blue 15, CI Pigment Blue 15:1, CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 66; CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58; CI Pigment Brown 25, CI Pigment Brown 28; C.I. Pigment Black 1 and the like.

本發明中可較佳地使用的顏料可列舉以下者。然而,本發明不限定於該些顏料。 The pigment which can be preferably used in the present invention is exemplified below. However, the invention is not limited to the pigments.

C.I.顏料黃11、C.I.顏料黃24、C.I.顏料黃108、C.I.顏料黃109、C.I.顏料黃110、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃151、C.I.顏料黃154、C.I.顏料黃167、C.I.顏料黃180、C.I.顏料黃185,C.I.顏料橙36、C.I.顏料橙71,C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅150、C.I.顏料紅171、C.I.顏料紅175、C.I.顏料紅177、C.I.顏料紅209、C.I.顏料紅224、C.I.顏料紅242、C.I.顏料紅254、C.I.顏料紅255、C.I.顏料紅264,C.I.顏料紫19、C.I.顏料紫23、C.I.顏料紫32,C.I.顏料藍15:1、C.I.顏料藍15:3、C.I.顏料藍15:6、C.I.顏料藍16、C.I.顏料藍22、C.I.顏料藍60、C.I.顏料藍66,C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58,C.I.顏料黑1。 CI Pigment Yellow 11, CI Pigment Yellow 24, CI Pigment Yellow 108, CI Pigment Yellow 109, CI Pigment Yellow 110, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment Yellow 151, CI Pigment Yellow 154, CI Pigment Yellow 167, CI Pigment Yellow 180, CI Pigment Yellow 185, CI Pigment Orange 36, CI Pigment Orange 71, CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 150, CI Pigment Red 171, CI Pigment Red 175, CI Pigment Red 177, CI Pigment Red 209, CI Pigment Red 224, CI Pigment Red 242, CI Pigment Red 254, CI Pigment Red 255, CI Pigment Red 264, CI Pigment Violet 19, CI Pigment Violet 23, CI Pigment Violet 32, CI Pigment Blue 15: 1. CI Pigment Blue 15:3, CI Pigment Blue 15:6, CI Pigment Blue 16, CI Pigment Blue 22, CI Pigment Blue 60, CI Pigment Blue 66, CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37 , CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Black 1.

該些有機顏料可單獨使用或者為了調整分光或提高顏色純度而將多種組合使用。以下示出所述組合的具體例。例如可使用:作為紅色顏料的蒽醌系顏料、苝系顏料、二酮基吡咯并吡咯系顏料單獨一種,或該些顏料的至少一種與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、異吲哚啉系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料或苝系紅色顏料的混合等。例如蒽醌系顏料可列舉C.I.顏料紅177,苝系顏料可列舉 C.I.顏料紅155、C.I.顏料紅224,二酮基吡咯并吡咯系顏料可列舉C.I.顏料紅254,就顏色分解性的方面而言,較佳為與C.I.顏料黃139的混合。另外,紅色顏料與黃色顏料之質量比較佳為100:5~100:50。所述質量比為100:4以下的情況下難以抑制400nm~500nm的光透射率,另外,所述質量比為100:51以上的情況下主波長向短波長偏移,有時無法提高顏色分解能力。尤其所述質量比最適的是100:10~100:30的範圍。另外,紅色顏料彼此的組合的情況下,可對應於所需求的分光來調整。 These organic pigments may be used singly or in combination for adjusting the spectroscopic or improving the color purity. Specific examples of the combination are shown below. For example, an anthraquinone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment as a red pigment, or at least one of the pigments and a disazo yellow pigment or an isoporphyrin yellow pigment may be used. Mixing of a quinophthalone yellow pigment or an anthraquinone red pigment. For example, the lanthanide pigment can be exemplified by C.I. Pigment Red 177, and the lanthanoid pigment can be enumerated C.I. Pigment Red 155, C.I. Pigment Red 224, diketopyrrolopyrrole type pigment C.I. Pigment Red 254, and in terms of color decomposition property, it is preferably mixed with C.I. Pigment Yellow 139. In addition, the quality of the red pigment and the yellow pigment is preferably 100:5 to 100:50. When the mass ratio is 100:4 or less, it is difficult to suppress the light transmittance of 400 nm to 500 nm, and when the mass ratio is 100:51 or more, the main wavelength shifts to a short wavelength, and color decomposition may not be improved. ability. In particular, the mass ratio is preferably in the range of 100:10 to 100:30. Further, in the case where the red pigments are combined with each other, they can be adjusted corresponding to the required spectroscopic light.

另外,綠色顏料可單獨使用鹵化酞菁系顏料,或者使用該鹵化酞菁系顏料與雙偶氮系黃色顏料、喹酞酮系黃色顏料、甲亞胺系黃色顏料或異吲哚啉系黃色顏料的混合。例如,此種例子較佳為C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠37、C.I.顏料綠58與C.I.顏料黃83、C.I.顏料黃138、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃150、C.I.顏料黃180或C.I.顏料黃185的混合。綠色顏料與黃色顏料之質量比較佳為100:5~100:150。所述質量比尤佳為100:30~100:120的範圍。 Further, as the green pigment, a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment may be used alone, or a halogenated phthalocyanine pigment, a disazo yellow pigment, a quinophthalone yellow pigment, a azomethine yellow pigment or an isoporphyrin yellow pigment may be used. the mix of. For example, such an example is preferably CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 37, CI Pigment Green 58 and CI Pigment Yellow 83, CI Pigment Yellow 138, CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 150, CI Pigment. Mix of Yellow 180 or CI Pigment Yellow 185. The quality of green and yellow pigments is preferably 100:5~100:150. The mass ratio is particularly preferably in the range of 100:30 to 100:120.

藍色顏料可單獨使用酞菁系顏料,或使用該酞菁系顏料與二噁嗪系紫色顏料的混合。例如較佳為C.I.顏料藍15:6與C.I.顏料紫23的混合。藍色顏料與紫色顏料之質量比較佳為100:0~100:100,更佳為100:10以下。 The blue pigment may be a phthalocyanine-based pigment alone or a mixture of the phthalocyanine-based pigment and a dioxazine-based violet pigment. For example, a mixture of C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 and C.I. Pigment Violet 23 is preferred. The quality of the blue pigment and the purple pigment is preferably from 100:0 to 100:100, more preferably 100:10 or less.

另外,黑色顏料可單獨或混合使用碳、鈦黑、氧化鐵、氧化鈦。於將該等混合而使用的情形時,較佳為碳與鈦黑的組合, 該情形的碳與鈦黑之質量比較佳為100:0~100:60的範圍。 Further, the black pigment may be used singly or in combination of carbon, titanium black, iron oxide, or titanium oxide. When used in the case of mixing these, it is preferably a combination of carbon and titanium black. The carbon and titanium black in this case are preferably in the range of 100:0 to 100:60.

另外,本發明的顏料亦可使用下述通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料、其互變異構物、該等的鹽或水合物。 Further, the pigment of the present invention may also be an azo pigment represented by the following formula (A2), a tautomer thereof, or a salt or a hydrate thereof.

(通式(A2)中,G表示氫原子、脂肪族基、芳基或雜環基,R1表示可具有取代基的胺基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族基、芳基或雜環基,R2表示取代基。 (In the formula (A2), G represents a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and R 1 represents an amine group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group which may have a substituent. R 2 represents a substituent.

A表示具有選自氮原子、氧原子及硫原子中的至少一個以上的原子的雜環。 A represents a hetero ring having at least one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom.

m表示0~5的整數,n表示1~4的整數。 m represents an integer from 0 to 5, and n represents an integer from 1 to 4.

n=2的情形表示介隔R1、R2、A或G的二聚物。 The case of n=2 represents a dimer that mediates R 1 , R 2 , A or G.

n=3的情形表示介隔R1、R2、A或G的三聚物。 The case of n=3 represents a terpolymer that mediates R 1 , R 2 , A or G.

n=4的情形表示介隔R1、R2、A或G的四聚物。 The case of n=4 represents a tetramer interposing R 1 , R 2 , A or G.

通式(A2)不具有離子性親水性基) Formula (A2) does not have an ionic hydrophilic group)

通式(A2)中,A較佳為表示下述通式(A-1)~通式 (A-32)的任一個。通式(A-1)~通式(A-32)中,R51~R59分別獨立地表示氫原子、取代基,鄰接的取代基亦可相互鍵結而形成5員環~6員環。*表示與通式(A2)的偶氮基的鍵結位置。 In the general formula (A2), A preferably represents any one of the following general formulae (A-1) to (A-32). In the general formulae (A-1) to (A-32), R 51 to R 59 each independently represent a hydrogen atom and a substituent, and adjacent substituents may be bonded to each other to form a 5-membered ring to a 6-membered ring. . * indicates a bonding position with an azo group of the formula (A2).

偶氮顏料具有通式(A2)所表示的特定結構,藉此可顯示出著色力、色相等色彩特性優異的特性,且亦顯示出耐光性、 耐臭氧性等耐久性優異的特性。例如,使用含有通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料的本發明的著色組成物所形成的彩色濾光片的紅色圖案顯示出作為紅色而更良好的分光特性。此處,所謂「作為紅色而良好的分光特性」,例如是指以下性質的至少一個。全部滿足下述3個性質的分光特性特別優異。 The azo pigment has a specific structure represented by the general formula (A2), whereby it exhibits characteristics excellent in coloring power and color-identical color characteristics, and also exhibits light resistance, Excellent durability such as ozone resistance. For example, the red color pattern of the color filter formed using the coloring composition of the present invention containing the azo pigment represented by the general formula (A2) exhibits better spectral characteristics as red. Here, "the spectral characteristic which is good as red" means, for example, at least one of the following properties. The spectral characteristics that satisfy all of the following three properties are particularly excellent.

.650nm~750nm的波長範圍的透射率高。 . The transmittance in the wavelength range of 650 nm to 750 nm is high.

.於540nm以上的波長範圍內,透射率曲線急遽(sharp)地上升。 . In the wavelength range of 540 nm or more, the transmittance curve sharply rises.

.小於540nm的波長範圍(特別是350nm~400nm)的透射率低。 . A transmittance in a wavelength range of less than 540 nm (particularly 350 nm to 400 nm) is low.

所謂本發明的取代基,只要為可進行取代的基團即可,例如可列舉:脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、醯基、醯基氧基、醯基胺基、脂肪族氧基、芳氧基、雜環氧基、脂肪族氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、雜環氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、雜環磺醯基、脂肪族磺醯基氧基、芳基磺醯基氧基、雜環磺醯基氧基、胺磺醯基、脂肪族磺醯胺基、芳基磺醯胺基、雜環磺醯胺基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、芳基胺基、雜環胺基、脂肪族氧基羰基胺基、芳氧基羰基胺基、雜環氧基羰基胺基、脂肪族亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、脂肪族硫基、芳硫基、羥基、氰基、磺基、羧基、脂肪族氧基胺基、芳氧基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基、胺磺醯基胺基、鹵素原子、胺磺醯基胺甲醯基、胺甲醯基胺磺醯基、二脂肪族氧基氧膦基、二芳氧基氧膦基等。以下,所謂「取代基的項中所述 的基團」,是指所述取代基。 The substituent of the present invention may be a group which can be substituted, and examples thereof include an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a decyl group, a decyloxy group, a decylamino group, and an aliphatic oxy group. , aryloxy, heterocyclic oxy, aliphatic oxycarbonyl, aryloxycarbonyl, heterocyclooxycarbonyl, amine carbaryl, aliphatic sulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, heterocyclosulfonyl, An aliphatic sulfonyloxy group, an arylsulfonyloxy group, a heterocyclic sulfonyloxy group, an amine sulfonyl group, an aliphatic sulfonylamino group, an arylsulfonylamino group, a heterocyclic sulfonylamino group, Amine, aliphatic amine, arylamine, heterocyclic amine, aliphatic oxycarbonylamino, aryloxycarbonylamino, heterocyclooxycarbonylamino, aliphatic sulfinyl, aryl Sulfosyl, aliphatic thio, arylthio, hydroxy, cyano, sulfo, carboxy, aliphatic oxyamino, aryloxyamino, amine carbylamino, amine sulfonylamino And a halogen atom, an aminesulfonylamine, a mercaptoamine sulfonyl group, a dialiphatic oxyphosphinyl group, a diaryloxyphosphinyl group, or the like. Hereinafter, the term "substituent" "Group" means the substituent.

G所表示的脂肪族基亦可具有取代基,可為飽和亦可為不飽和。 The aliphatic group represented by G may have a substituent, and may be saturated or unsaturated.

G所表示的脂肪族基可具有的較佳取代基為羥基、脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基羰基、脂肪族硫基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基。 Preferred substituents which the aliphatic group represented by G may have are a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic oxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an aliphatic thio group, an amine group, an aliphatic amine group, a decylamino group. , Aminomethylamino group.

G所表示的脂肪族基較佳為總碳原子數1~8的脂肪族基,更佳為總碳原子數1~6的烷基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、環己基等。 The aliphatic group represented by G is preferably an aliphatic group having 1 to 8 total carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 total carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.

通式(A2)中,G所表示的芳基亦可縮環,亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳的取代基為硝基、鹵素原子、脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基羰基、脂肪族硫基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基。G所表示的芳基較佳為碳數6~12的芳基,更佳為總碳原子數6~10的芳基,例如可列舉苯基、4-硝基苯基、4-乙醯基胺基苯基、4-甲磺醯基苯基等。 In the formula (A2), the aryl group represented by G may also be condensed or may have a substituent, and the substitutable group may be a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent. Further, it may be any group, and preferred substituents are a nitro group, a halogen atom, an aliphatic oxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an aliphatic thio group, an amine group, an aliphatic amine group, and an anthracene group. Amino group, amine carbenylamine group. The aryl group represented by G is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms in total, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a 4-nitrophenyl group, and a 4-ethyl fluorenyl group. Aminophenyl, 4-methanesulfonylphenyl and the like.

通式(A2)中,G所表示的雜環基亦可具有取代基,可為飽和亦可為不飽和,亦可縮環。可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳的取代基為鹵素原子、羥基、脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基羰基、脂肪族硫基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基。G所表示的雜環基較佳為總碳原子數2~12的以碳原子鍵結的雜環基,更佳為以碳原子鍵結的總碳原子數2~10的5員 ~6員的雜環基,例如可列舉2-四氫呋喃基、2-嘧啶基(2-pyrimidyl)等。 In the formula (A2), the heterocyclic group represented by G may have a substituent, and may be saturated or unsaturated, or may be condensed. The substitutable group may be any group as long as it is a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which may be substituted, and a preferred substituent is a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic oxy group, Aminomethyl thiol, aliphatic oxycarbonyl, aliphatic thio, amine, aliphatic amine, decylamino, amine carbylamino. The heterocyclic group represented by G is preferably a carbon atom-bonded heterocyclic group having 2 to 12 total carbon atoms, more preferably 5 members having 2 to 10 total carbon atoms bonded by a carbon atom. Examples of the heterocyclic group of the 6-membered member include 2-tetrahydrofuranyl group and 2-pyrimidyl group.

G較佳為氫原子。其原因在於容易形成分子內氫鍵或分子內交叉氫鍵。 G is preferably a hydrogen atom. The reason for this is that it is easy to form intramolecular hydrogen bonds or intramolecular cross hydrogen bonds.

R1所表示的胺基亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,取代基較佳可列舉脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基等。 The amine group represented by R 1 may have a substituent, and the substitutable group may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent, and the substituent is more Examples thereof include an aliphatic group, an aryl group, and a heterocyclic group.

該些取代基亦可更具有取代基,該取代基較佳為脂肪族基、羥基、具有醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氧基羰基鍵、硫醚鍵等的取代基,就容易形成分子間氫鍵等分子間相互作用的觀點而言,更佳為具有雜原子與氫原子的鍵的取代基。 These substituents may further have a substituent, and the substituent is preferably an aliphatic group, a hydroxyl group, a substituent having a guanamine bond, an ether bond, an oxycarbonyl bond, a thioether bond or the like, and an intermolecular hydrogen is easily formed. From the viewpoint of intermolecular interaction such as a bond, a substituent having a bond of a hetero atom and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

R1所表示的胺基較佳為未經取代的胺基、總碳原子數1~10的烷基胺基、總碳原子數2~10的二烷基胺基(二烷基亦可相互鍵結而形成5員環~6員環)、總碳原子數6~12的芳基胺基、總碳原子數2~12的可為飽和亦可為不飽和的雜環胺基,更佳為未經取代的胺基、總碳原子數1~8的烷基胺基、總碳原子數2~8的二烷基胺基、總碳原子數6~10的芳基胺基、總碳原子數2~12的可為飽和亦可為不飽和的雜環胺基,例如可列舉甲基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺基、N-苯基胺基、N-(2-嘧啶基)胺基等。 The amine group represented by R 1 is preferably an unsubstituted amino group, an alkylamino group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms in total, and a dialkylamino group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in total (dialkyl groups may also be mutually Bonding to form a 5-membered ring to a 6-membered ring), an arylamine group having a total carbon number of 6 to 12, and a heterocyclic amine group having a total carbon number of 2 to 12 which may be saturated or unsaturated. An unsubstituted amino group, an alkylamino group having 1 to 8 total carbon atoms, a dialkylamino group having 2 to 8 total carbon atoms, an arylamino group having 6 to 10 total carbon atoms, and total carbon The heterocyclic amine group which may be saturated or unsaturated may have an atomic number of 2 to 12, and examples thereof include a methylamino group, an N,N-dimethylamino group, an N-phenylamino group, and an N-(2- Pyrimidinyl)amino group and the like.

進而佳為總碳原子數6~13的芳基胺基及總碳原子數2~12的可為飽和亦可為不飽和的雜環胺基。 Further, an arylamino group having a total carbon number of 6 to 13 and a heterocyclic amino group having a total carbon number of 2 to 12 which may be saturated or unsaturated may be used.

於R1為芳基胺基的情形時,芳基上的取代基較佳為相對於與 胺基的鍵結位置而於對位上具有取代基的情形,最佳為僅於對位上具有取代基的情形。該取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳為可列舉:總碳原子數1~7、更佳為總碳原子數1~4的脂肪族基(例如甲基、乙基、烯丙基、(異)丙基、(第三)丁基等),總碳原子數1~7的脂肪族氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基、(異)丙氧基、烯丙氧基等),鹵素原子(例如氟、氯、溴等),總碳原子數1~7的胺甲醯基(例如胺甲醯基、N-苯基胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基等),總碳原子數1~7、更佳為總碳原子數1~4的醯脲基(例如醯脲基、N-甲基醯脲基、N,N-二甲基醯脲基、N-4-吡啶基醯脲基、N-苯基醯脲基等),硝基,總碳原子數1~7的與芳基縮環的雜環基(例如咪唑酮基),羥基,總碳原子數1~7、更佳為總碳原子數1~4的脂肪族硫基(例如甲硫基、乙硫基、(異)丙硫基、烯丙硫基、(第三)丁硫基等),總碳原子數2~7、更佳為總碳原子數2~4的醯基胺基(例如乙醯胺基、丙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基等),總碳原子數2~7、更佳為總碳原子數2~4的脂肪族氧基羰基胺基(例如甲氧基羰基胺基、丙氧基羰基胺基等),總碳原子數2~7、更佳為總碳原子數2~4的脂肪族氧基羰基(例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等),總碳原子數2~7、更佳為總碳原子數2~4的醯基(可為脂肪族羰基,亦可為芳基羰基,亦可為雜環羰基,亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。較佳為總碳原子數2~7的醯基, 更佳為總碳原子數2~4的醯基,例如可列舉乙醯基、丙醯基、苯甲醯基、3-吡啶羰基等)等。 In the case where R 1 is an arylamine group, the substituent on the aryl group is preferably a substituent having a substituent at a para position relative to a bonding position with an amine group, and preferably has only a para position. The case of a substituent. The substituent may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent, and preferably has a total carbon number of 1 to 7, more preferably a total of An aliphatic group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an allyl group, an (iso)propyl group, a (third) butyl group, etc.), and an aliphatic oxy group having a total carbon number of 1 to 7 ( For example, methoxy, ethoxy, (iso)propoxy, allyloxy, etc.), halogen atom (such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, etc.), total methyl sulfonyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms (such as an amine) Mercapto group, N-phenylamine methyl sulfonyl group, N-methylamine carbhydryl group, etc.), ureido group having a total carbon number of 1 to 7, more preferably 1 to 4 total carbon atoms (for example, guanidine urea) Base, N-methyl ureido group, N,N-dimethyl ureido group, N-4-pyridyl ureido group, N-phenyl ureganyl group, etc., nitro group, total carbon number 1~ a heterocyclic group (for example, an imidazolidinone group) having a condensed ring with an aryl group, a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic thio group having a total carbon number of 1 to 7, more preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 4 (e.g., methylthio group, B) Sulfhydryl, (iso)propylthio, allylthio, (tri)butylthio, etc.), a total of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, more preferably a total of 2 to 4 carbon atoms Such as acetaminophen, propyl decylamino, trimethyl ethylamino, benzhydrylamine, etc.), a total of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, more preferably a total of 2 to 4 carbon atoms Alkoxycarbonylamino group (e.g., methoxycarbonylamino group, propoxycarbonylamino group, etc.), an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 total carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms in total (for example) a methoxy group, a ethoxycarbonyl group, or the like), a total of 2 to 7 carbon atoms, more preferably a total of 2 to 4 carbon atoms (which may be an aliphatic carbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group, or The heterocyclic carbonyl group may have a substituent, and the substitutable group may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent, and is preferably a total carbon atom. The fluorenyl group having 2 to 7 is more preferably a fluorenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms in total, and examples thereof include an ethyl hydrazino group, a propyl fluorenyl group, a benzamidine group, and a 3-pyridinecarbonyl group.

於芳基胺基的芳基上的取代基相對於與胺基的鍵結位置而取代於對位上的情形時,因取代基位於分子的末端,故容易形成分子間氫鍵等分子間相互作用,因此色相變強烈(sharp)。於芳基上的取代基更具有取代基的情形時,較佳為脂肪族基、羥基、具有醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氧基羰基鍵、硫醚鍵等的取代基,就容易形成分子間氫鍵等分子間相互作用的觀點而言,更佳為具有雜原子與氫原子的鍵的取代基。 When the substituent on the aryl group of the arylamino group is substituted with the bonding position with the amine group in the para position, since the substituent is located at the end of the molecule, it is easy to form intermolecular hydrogen bonds and the like. Function, so the hue becomes sharp. When the substituent on the aryl group has a substituent, it is preferably an aliphatic group, a hydroxyl group, a substituent having a guanamine bond, an ether bond, an oxycarbonyl bond, a thioether bond or the like, and it is easy to form an intermolecular group. From the viewpoint of intermolecular interaction such as hydrogen bonding, a substituent having a bond of a hetero atom and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

於R1為雜環胺基的情形時,其取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳為以與所述芳基胺基的情形相同的取代基為宜,於雜環基上的取代基更具有取代基的情形時,較佳為脂肪族基、羥基、具有醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氧基羰基鍵、硫醚鍵等的取代基,就容易形成分子間氫鍵等分子間相互作用的觀點而言,更佳為具有雜原子與氫原子的鍵的取代基。 In the case where R 1 is a heterocyclic amine group, the substituent may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent, and is preferably a group The substituent in the case of the arylamine group is preferably the same. When the substituent on the heterocyclic group has a substituent, it is preferably an aliphatic group, a hydroxyl group, a decyl bond, an ether bond or an oxycarbonyl group. The substituent such as a bond or a thioether bond is more preferably a substituent having a bond of a hetero atom and a hydrogen atom from the viewpoint of easily forming an intermolecular interaction such as an intermolecular hydrogen bond.

R1為芳基胺基、雜環胺基的情形的更佳取代基為脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基、鹵素原子、胺甲醯基、與芳基縮環的雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基。取代基進而佳為總碳原子數1~4的脂肪族基、總碳原子數1~4的脂肪族氧基、鹵素原子、硝基、總碳原子數1~4的胺甲醯基、總碳原子數2~4的脂肪族氧基羰基。 More preferred substituents in the case where R 1 is an arylamine group or a heterocyclic amine group are an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, a halogen atom, an amine carbaryl group, a heterocyclic group condensed with an aryl group, and an aliphatic oxygen group. Alkylcarbonyl. The substituent is further preferably an aliphatic group having a total carbon number of 1 to 4, an aliphatic oxy group having a total carbon number of 1 to 4, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an amine group having a total carbon number of 1 to 4, and a total An aliphatic oxycarbonyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.

R1所表示的脂肪族氧基亦可具有取代基,取代基只要為 上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳的取代基為羥基、脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基羰基、脂肪族硫基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基。R1的脂肪族氧基較佳為總碳原子數1~8的烷氧基,更佳為總碳原子數1~4的烷氧基,例如可列舉甲氧基、乙氧基、(第三)丁氧基、甲氧基乙氧基、胺甲醯基甲氧基等。 The aliphatic oxy group represented by R 1 may have a substituent, and the substituent may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent, and is preferably substituted. The group is a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic oxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an aliphatic thio group, an amine group, an aliphatic amine group, a decylamino group, an amine carbylamino group. The aliphatic oxy group of R 1 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 total carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 total carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. c) Butoxy, methoxyethoxy, aminecarakimethoxy and the like.

R1所表示的脂肪族基亦可具有取代基,取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳的取代基為羥基、脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基羰基、脂肪族硫基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基。R1的脂肪族基較佳為總碳原子數1~8的烷基,更佳為總碳數1~4的烷基。 The aliphatic group represented by R 1 may have a substituent, and the substituent may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent, and a preferred substituent It is a hydroxyl group, an aliphatic oxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an aliphatic thio group, an amine group, an aliphatic amine group, a decylamino group, an amine carbylamino group. The aliphatic group of R 1 is preferably an alkyl group having a total carbon number of 1 to 8, more preferably an alkyl group having a total carbon number of 1 to 4.

R1所表示的芳基亦可具有取代基,取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳的取代基為脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基、鹵素原子、胺甲醯基、與芳基縮環的雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基。R1的芳基較佳為總碳原子數6~12的芳基,更佳為總碳原子數6~10的芳基,例如可列舉苯基、4-甲基苯基、3-氯苯基等。 The aryl group represented by R 1 may have a substituent, and the substituent may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent, and a preferred substituent is An aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, a halogen atom, an amine carbaryl group, a heterocyclic group condensed with an aryl group, or an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group. The aryl group of R 1 is preferably an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 12, more preferably an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 10, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a 4-methylphenyl group, and a 3-chlorobenzene group. Base.

R1所表示的雜環基可為飽和雜環基,亦可為不飽和雜環基,亦可具有取代基,取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳的取代基為脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、與雜基縮環的雜環基、脂肪族氧 基羰基。R1的雜環基較佳為總碳原子數2~10的雜環基,更佳為總碳原子數2~8的以氮原子鍵結的5員環~6員環的非芳香族雜環基,例如可列舉1-哌啶基、4-嗎啉基、1-喹啉基(1-quinoyl)、2-嘧啶基、4-吡啶基等。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 1 may be a saturated heterocyclic group, may be an unsaturated heterocyclic group, or may have a substituent, and the substituent may be as defined in the above-mentioned substituent and may be substituted. The group may be any group, and a preferred substituent is an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, an amine carbaryl group, a heterocyclic group condensed with a hetero group, or an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group. The heterocyclic group of R 1 is preferably a heterocyclic group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in total, and more preferably a non-aromatic heterocyclic ring of a 5-membered ring to 6-membered ring bonded by a nitrogen atom having 2 to 8 total carbon atoms. Examples of the ring group include 1-piperidinyl group, 4-morpholinyl group, 1-quinoyl group, 2-pyrimidinyl group, 4-pyridyl group and the like.

R1較佳為胺基、脂肪族氧基、以氮原子鍵結的5員環~6員環的非芳香族雜環基的情形,更佳為胺基、脂肪族氧基,進而佳為胺基。 R 1 is preferably an amine group, an aliphatic oxy group, or a non-aromatic heterocyclic group having a 5-membered ring to a 6-membered ring bonded by a nitrogen atom, more preferably an amine group or an aliphatic oxy group, and further preferably Amine.

R1較佳為胺基的情形。 R 1 is preferably an amine group.

R2所表示的取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基、羧基、胺甲醯基、醯基胺基、磺醯胺基、胺甲醯基胺基、胺磺醯基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基、鹵素原子,更佳為脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基、脂肪族氧基、鹵素原子,尤佳為脂肪族氧基。 The substituent represented by R 2 may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent, and is preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. Aliphatic oxycarbonyl, carboxyl, aminemethanyl, decylamino, sulfonylamino, amine carbylamino, amine sulfonyl, aliphatic oxy, aliphatic thio, cyano, halogen atom More preferably, it is an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine methyl sulfonyl group, a mercaptoamine group, an amine mercaptoamine group, an aliphatic oxy group, a halogen atom, and particularly preferably an aliphatic oxy group.

於該些取代基更具有取代基的情形時,較佳為脂肪族基、羥基、具有醯胺鍵、醚鍵、氧基羰基鍵、硫醚鍵等的取代基,就容易形成分子間氫鍵等分子間相互作用的觀點而言,更佳為具有雜原子與氫原子的鍵的取代基。 In the case where the substituent has a substituent, an aliphatic group, a hydroxyl group, a substituent having a guanamine bond, an ether bond, an oxycarbonyl bond, a thioether bond or the like is preferred, and an intermolecular hydrogen bond is easily formed. From the viewpoint of the intermolecular interaction, a substituent having a bond of a hetero atom and a hydrogen atom is more preferable.

m較佳為0~3的情形,更佳為0~1的情形,進而佳為0的情形。 m is preferably in the case of 0 to 3, more preferably in the case of 0 to 1, and further preferably in the case of 0.

n較佳為1或2的情形。 n is preferably 1 or 2.

R2所表示的脂肪族基亦可具有取代基,可為飽和亦可為 不飽和,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R2的脂肪族基較佳為總碳原子數1~8的烷基,更佳為總碳原子數1~6的烷基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、異丙基、環己基、第三丁基等。 The aliphatic group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, and may be saturated or unsaturated, and the substitutable group may be a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which may be substituted. It can be any group. The aliphatic group of R 2 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 total carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 total carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isopropyl group, and a cyclohexyl group. Third butyl and the like.

R2所表示的芳基亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R2的芳基較佳為總碳原子數6~12的芳基,更佳為總碳原子數6~10的芳基,例如可列舉苯基、3-甲氧基苯基、4-胺甲醯基苯基等。 The aryl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, and the substitutable group may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent. The aryl group of R 2 is preferably an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 12, more preferably an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 10, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a 3-methoxyphenyl group, and a 4-amine. Formylphenyl and the like.

R2所表示的雜環基亦可具有取代基,可為飽和亦可為不飽和,亦可縮環,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R2的雜環基較佳為總碳原子數2~16的雜環基,更佳為總碳原子數2~12的5員環~6員環的雜環基,例如可列舉1-吡咯啶基、4-嗎啉基、2-吡啶基、1-吡咯基、1-咪唑基、1-苯并咪唑基等。 The heterocyclic group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, or may be condensed, and the substitutable group may be as described in the above-mentioned substituents and may be carried out. The substituted group may be any group. The heterocyclic group of R 2 is preferably a heterocyclic group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms in total, more preferably a heterocyclic group of a 5-membered to 6-membered ring having 2 to 12 total carbon atoms, and examples thereof include 1-pyrrole. Pyridyl, 4-morpholinyl, 2-pyridyl, 1-pyrrolyl, 1-imidazolyl, 1-benzimidazolyl, and the like.

R2所表示的脂肪族氧基羰基亦可具有取代基,可為飽和亦可為不飽和,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R2的脂肪族氧基羰基較佳為總碳原子數1~8的烷氧基羰基,更佳為總碳原子數1~6的烷氧基羰基,例如可列舉甲氧基羰基、異丙氧基羰基、胺甲醯基甲氧基羰基等。 The aliphatic oxycarbonyl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, and may be saturated or unsaturated, and the substitutable group may be a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent. The group can be any group. The aliphatic oxycarbonyl group of R 2 is preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 total carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 6 total carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methoxycarbonyl group and an isopropyl group. An oxycarbonyl group, an amine formamylmethoxycarbonyl group or the like.

R2所表示的胺甲醯基亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只 要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基等。R2的胺甲醯基較佳為胺甲醯基、總碳原子數2~9的烷基胺甲醯基、總碳原子數3~10的二烷基胺甲醯基、總碳原子數7~13的芳基胺甲醯基、總碳原子數3~12的雜環胺甲醯基,更佳為胺甲醯基、總碳原子數2~7的烷基胺甲醯基、總碳原子數3~6的二烷基胺甲醯基、總碳原子數7~11的芳基胺甲醯基、總碳原子數3~10的雜環胺甲醯基,例如可列舉胺甲醯基、甲基胺甲醯基、二甲基胺甲醯基、苯基胺甲醯基、4-吡啶胺甲醯基等。 The amine mercapto group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, and the substitutable group may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent. Preferred are aliphatic groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups and the like. The aminomethyl group of R 2 is preferably an amine carbenyl group, an alkylamine carbenyl group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, a dialkylamine formammonyl group having a total carbon number of 3 to 10, and a total number of carbon atoms. 7 to 13 arylamine carbenyl group, heterocyclic amine carbenyl group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an amine carbenyl group, an alkylamine carbenyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms in total, A dialkylamine-methyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, an arylamine-methyl group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms, and a heterocyclic amine-methyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, an amine group Anthracenyl, methylamine, mercapto, dimethylamine, phenylamine, benzylamine, 4-pyridylmethionyl, and the like.

R2所表示的醯基胺基亦可具有取代基,可為脂肪族,亦可為芳香族,亦可為雜環,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R2的醯基胺基較佳為總碳原子數2~12的醯基胺基,更佳為總碳原子數1~8的醯基胺基,進而佳為總碳原子數1~8的烷基羰基胺基,例如可列舉乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基、2-吡啶羰基胺基、丙醯基胺基等。 The mercaptoamine group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, may be aliphatic, may be aromatic, or may be a heterocyclic ring, and the substitutable group may be as defined in the above-mentioned substituents. The group which can be substituted and described may be any group. The mercaptoamine group of R 2 is preferably a mercaptoamine group having a total carbon number of 2 to 12, more preferably a mercaptoamine group having a total carbon number of 1 to 8, and preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 8. Examples of the alkylcarbonylamino group include an ethyl hydrazino group, a benzhydrylamino group, a 2-pyridinecarbonylamino group, a propyl fluorenyl group, and the like.

R2所表示的磺醯胺基亦可具有取代基,可為脂肪族,亦可為芳香族,亦可為雜環。可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R2的磺醯胺基較佳為總碳原子數1~12的磺醯胺基,更佳為總碳原子數1~8的磺醯胺基,進而佳為總碳原子數1~8的烷基磺醯胺基,例如可列舉甲磺醯胺基、苯磺醯胺基、2-吡啶磺醯胺基等。 The sulfonamide group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, may be aliphatic, may be aromatic, or may be a heterocyclic ring. The substitutable group may be any group as long as it is a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which can be substituted. The sulfonamide group of R 2 is preferably a sulfonylamino group having a total carbon number of 1 to 12, more preferably a sulfonylamino group having a total carbon number of 1 to 8, and preferably a total carbon number of 1 to 8. Examples of the alkylsulfonylamino group include a methanesulfonylamino group, a benzenesulfonylamino group, a 2-pyridinesulfonylamino group, and the like.

R2所表示的胺甲醯基胺基亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基等。R2的胺甲醯基胺基較佳為胺甲醯基胺基、總碳原子數2~9的烷基胺甲醯基胺基、總碳原子數3~10的二烷基胺甲醯基胺基、總碳原子數7~13的芳基胺甲醯基胺基、總碳原子數3~12的雜環胺甲醯基胺基,更佳為胺甲醯基胺基、總碳原子數2~7的烷基胺甲醯基胺基、總碳原子數3~6的二烷基胺甲醯基胺基、總碳原子數7~11的芳基胺甲醯基胺基、總碳原子數3~10的雜環胺甲醯基胺基,例如可列舉:胺甲醯基胺基、甲基胺甲醯基胺基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基胺基、苯基胺甲醯基胺基、4-吡啶胺甲醯基胺基等。 The amine mercaptoamine group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, and the substitutable group may be any group as long as it is a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which can be substituted. It is preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like. The amine mercaptoamine group of R 2 is preferably an aminomethylamino group, an alkylamine-methylamino group having 2 to 9 carbon atoms, and a dialkylamine formazan having a total carbon number of 3 to 10. An amino group, an arylamine-methylamino group having a total carbon number of 7 to 13, a heterocyclic amine-methylamino group having a total carbon number of 3 to 12, more preferably an aminomethylamino group, and a total carbon An alkylamine-methylamino group having 2 to 7 atoms, a dialkylamine-methylamino group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, an arylamine-methylamino group having 7 to 11 carbon atoms, Examples of the heterocyclic amine mercaptoamine group having a total carbon number of 3 to 10, for example, an aminomethylamino group, a methylamine, a mercaptoamine group, and an N,N-dimethylamine-methylamino group. And a phenylamine-methylamino group, a 4-pyridylamine-methylamino group, and the like.

R2所表示的胺磺醯基亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基等。R2的胺磺醯基較佳為胺磺醯基、總碳原子數1~9的烷基胺磺醯基、總碳原子數2~10的二烷基胺磺醯基、總碳原子數7~13的芳基胺磺醯基、總碳原子數2~12的雜環胺磺醯基,更佳為胺磺醯基、總碳原子數1~7的烷基胺磺醯基、總碳原子數3~6的二烷基胺磺醯基、總碳原子數6~11的芳基胺磺醯基、總碳原子數2~10的雜環胺磺醯基,例如可列舉:胺磺醯基、甲基胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基、4-吡啶胺磺醯基等。 The amine sulfonyl group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, and the substitutable group may be any group as long as it is a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which can be substituted. Preferred are aliphatic groups, aryl groups, heterocyclic groups and the like. The amine sulfonyl group of R 2 is preferably an amine sulfonyl group, an alkylamine sulfonyl group having a total carbon number of 1 to 9, a dialkylamine sulfonyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and a total number of carbon atoms. 7 to 13 arylamine sulfonyl group, heterocyclic amine sulfonyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably sulfonyl group, alkylamine sulfonyl group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms, total The dialkylamine sulfonyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, the arylamine sulfonyl group having 6 to 11 carbon atoms, and the heterocyclic amine sulfonyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms are exemplified by an amine. Sulfhydryl group, methylamine sulfonyl group, N,N-dimethylamine sulfonyl group, phenylamine sulfonyl group, 4-pyridylamine sulfonyl group and the like.

R2所表示的脂肪族氧基亦可具有取代基,可為飽和亦可 為不飽和,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R2的脂肪族氧基較佳為總碳原子數1~8的烷氧基,更佳為總碳原子數1~6的烷氧基,例如可列舉:甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、環己氧基、甲氧基乙氧基等。 The aliphatic oxy group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and the substitutable group may be a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which may be substituted. , can be any group. The aliphatic oxy group of R 2 is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 total carbon atoms, more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 total carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, and a different oxy group. Propyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, methoxyethoxy, and the like.

R2所表示的脂肪族硫基亦可具有取代基,可為飽和亦可為不飽和,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R2的脂肪族硫基較佳為總碳原子數1~8的烷基硫基,更佳為總碳原子數1~6的烷基硫基,例如可列舉:甲硫基、乙硫基、胺甲醯基甲硫基、第三丁硫基等。 The aliphatic thio group represented by R 2 may have a substituent, may be saturated or unsaturated, and the substitutable group may be a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which may be substituted. , can be any group. The aliphatic sulfur group of R 2 is preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 8 total carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylthio group having 1 to 6 total carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methylthio group and an ethylthio group. , Aminomethylthiomethyl, Tributylthio and the like.

R2所表示的鹵素原子較佳為氟原子、氯原子、溴原子,更佳可列舉氯原子。就本發明的效果的方面而言,R2較佳為脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基的情形。就本發明的效果的方面而言,m較佳為0或1的情形,更佳為0的情形。 The halogen atom represented by R 2 is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom. In terms of the effects of the present invention, R 2 is preferably an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group or an amine carbaryl group. In the aspect of the effect of the present invention, m is preferably a case of 0 or 1, more preferably a case of 0.

對A所表示的通式(A-1)~通式(A-32)加以說明。通式(A-1)~通式(A-32)所表示的部位較佳為總碳原子數2~15,更佳為總碳原子數2~12。 The general formula (A-1) to the general formula (A-32) represented by A will be described. The portion represented by the formula (A-1) to the formula (A-32) is preferably a total of 2 to 15 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms.

R51~R54所表示的取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R51~R54的取代基較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯基胺基、磺醯胺基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基等,更佳為脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基、氰基等。 The substituent represented by R 51 to R 54 may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent. The substituent of R 51 to R 54 is preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a decylamino group, a sulfonylamino group, an aliphatic oxy group, or an aliphatic group. The thio group, the cyano group and the like are more preferably an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxy group, a cyano group or the like.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,R51~R54較佳為氫原子、脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯基胺基、磺醯胺基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基等的情形,更佳為氫原子、脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基、氰基的情形。 In terms of the effects of the present invention, R 51 to R 54 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a decylamino group or a sulfonium sulfonate. In the case of an amine group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aliphatic thio group or a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxy group or a cyano group is more preferable.

R55所表示的取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R55的取代基較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基等,更佳為脂肪族基、芳基、於與氮原子的鍵結部位的鄰接位上含有氮原子的芳香族5員~6員雜環基。 The substituent represented by R 55 may be any group as long as it is a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which can be substituted. The substituent of R 55 is preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group or the like, more preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group, or an aromatic member having a nitrogen atom at a position adjacent to a bonding site of a nitrogen atom. ~6 member heterocyclic group.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,R55較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基的情形,更佳為脂肪族基、芳基、於與氮原子的鍵結部位的鄰接位上含有氮原子的芳香族5員~6員雜環基的情形,進而佳為於與氮原子的鍵結部位的鄰接位上含有氮原子的芳香族5員~6員雜環基的情形。藉由R55為於與氮原子的鍵結部位的鄰接位上含有氮原子的芳香族5員~6員雜環基,不僅容易牢固地形成色素分子的分子間相互作用,而且容易牢固地形成分子內相互作用。藉此容易構成分子排列穩定的顏料,於顯示出良好的色相、高的堅牢性(耐光.氣體.熱.水等)的方面而言較佳。 In the aspect of the effect of the present invention, R 55 is preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, more preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group or a contiguous position to a bond site with a nitrogen atom. In the case of an aromatic 5-membered to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom, it is preferable to use an aromatic 5-membered to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom at a position adjacent to a bonding site of a nitrogen atom. R 55 is an aromatic 5-membered to 6-membered heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom at a position adjacent to a bonding site of a nitrogen atom, and it is easy to firmly form an intermolecular interaction of a dye molecule, and is easily formed firmly. Intramolecular interactions. Therefore, it is easy to form a pigment having a stable molecular arrangement, and it is preferable in that it exhibits a good hue and high fastness (light resistance, gas, heat, water, etc.).

就本發明的效果的方面而言,作為R55而較佳的於與氮原子的鍵結部位的鄰接位上含有氮原子的芳香族5員~6員雜環基亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。較佳的取代基為羥基、 脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基羰基、脂肪族硫基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基,可為飽和雜環基亦可為不飽和雜環基,亦可為縮環雜環基,較佳為總碳原子數2~12的於與氮原子的鍵結部位的鄰接位上含有氮原子的芳香族5員~6員雜環基,更佳為總碳原子數2~10的於與氮原子的鍵結部位的鄰接位上含有氮原子的芳香族5員~6員雜環基。例如可列舉:2-噻唑基、2-苯并噻唑基、2-噁唑基、2-苯并噁唑基、2-吡啶基、2-吡嗪基、3-噠嗪基、2-嘧啶基(2-pyrimidinyl)、4-嘧啶基、2-咪唑基、2-苯并咪唑基、2-三嗪基等,該些雜環基亦可與取代基一起而為互變異構物結構。 In the aspect of the effects of the present invention, the aromatic 5-membered to 6-membered heterocyclic group which preferably contains a nitrogen atom at a position adjacent to the bonding site of the nitrogen atom as R 55 may have a substituent. The substituted group may be any group as long as it is a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which can be substituted. Preferred substituents are hydroxy, aliphatic oxy, carbamoyl, aliphatic oxycarbonyl, aliphatic thio, amine, aliphatic amine, decylamino, amine carbylamino The saturated heterocyclic group may be an unsaturated heterocyclic group or a condensed heterocyclic group, and preferably has a total carbon number of 2 to 12 and a nitrogen atom at a position adjacent to a bonding site of the nitrogen atom. The aromatic 5-membered to 6-membered heterocyclic group is more preferably an aromatic 5-membered to 6-membered heterocyclic group having a nitrogen atom at a position adjacent to a bonding site of a nitrogen atom having 2 to 10 carbon atoms in total. For example, 2-thiazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 2-benzoxazolyl, 2-pyridyl, 2-pyrazinyl, 3-pyridazinyl, 2-pyrimidine Further, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 2-triazinyl or the like may be a tautomeric structure together with a substituent.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,作為R55而較佳的芳基亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳的取代基為羥基、硝基、脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基羰基、脂肪族硫基、胺基、脂肪族胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基。R55的芳基較佳為總碳原子數6~12的芳基,更佳為總碳原子數6~10的芳基,例如可列舉苯基、3-甲氧基苯基、4-胺甲醯基苯基等,較佳為苯基。 In terms of the effects of the present invention, the aryl group which is preferable as R 55 may have a substituent, and the substitutable group is only a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent. The group may be any group, and preferred substituents are a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an aliphatic thio group, an amine group, an aliphatic group. Amine, mercaptoamine, amine mercaptoamine. The aryl group of R 55 is preferably an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 12, more preferably an aryl group having a total carbon number of 6 to 10, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a 3-methoxyphenyl group, and a 4-amine. A mercaptophenyl group or the like is preferably a phenyl group.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,作為R55而較佳的脂肪族基亦可具有取代基,可取代的基團只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團,較佳的取代基為羥基、硝基、脂肪族氧基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基羰基、脂肪族硫基、 胺基、脂肪族胺基、醯基胺基、胺甲醯基胺基。R55的脂肪族基較佳為總碳原子數1~6的烷基,更佳為總碳原子數1~4的脂肪族基,例如可列舉甲基、乙基、甲氧基乙基、胺甲醯基甲基等,較佳為甲基。 In terms of the effect of the present invention, the aliphatic group which is preferable as R 55 may have a substituent, and the substitutable group may be as described in the above-mentioned substituent and may be substituted. The group may be any group, and preferred substituents are a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, an aliphatic oxy group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an aliphatic thio group, an amine group, an aliphatic amine group, Mercaptoamine, amine mercaptoamine. The aliphatic group of R 55 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 total carbon atoms, more preferably an aliphatic group having 1 to 4 total carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a methoxyethyl group. Aminomethylaminomethyl or the like is preferably a methyl group.

通式(A2)中,R55較佳為下述(Y-1)~(Y-13)的任一個的情形,為了容易取得分子內氫鍵結構,更佳為6員環的下述(Y-1)~(Y-6)的任一個的情形,進而佳為下述(Y-1)、(Y-3)、(Y-4)、(Y-6)的任一個的情形,尤佳為下述(Y-1)或(Y-4)的情形。通式(Y-1)~通式(Y-13)中的*表示與吡唑環的N原子的鍵結部位。Y1~Y11表示氫原子或取代基。(Y-13)中的G11表示可構成5員~6員雜環的非金屬原子組群,G11所表示的雜環可未經取代,亦可具有取代基,雜環可為單環亦可為縮環。式(Y-1)~式(Y-13)亦可與取代基一起而為互變異構物結構。 In the general formula (A2), R 55 is preferably any one of the following (Y-1) to (Y-13), and in order to easily obtain an intramolecular hydrogen bond structure, it is more preferably a 6-membered ring as follows ( In the case of any of Y-1) to (Y-6), it is preferable to use any of the following (Y-1), (Y-3), (Y-4), and (Y-6). It is especially preferable to the case of the following (Y-1) or (Y-4). * in the general formula (Y-1) to the general formula (Y-13) represents a bonding site with the N atom of the pyrazole ring. Y 1 to Y 11 represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. G 11 in (Y-13) represents a non-metal atom group which can constitute a 5- to 6-membered heterocyclic ring, and the hetero ring represented by G 11 may be unsubstituted or may have a substituent, and the heterocyclic ring may be a single ring. It can also be a shrink ring. The formula (Y-1) to the formula (Y-13) may be a tautomeric structure together with the substituent.

[化7] [Chemistry 7]

Y1~Y11所表示的取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。Y1~Y11的取代基較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯基胺基、磺醯胺基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基等,更佳為脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基等。Y1~Y11中,鄰接的2個取代基亦可形成5員環~6員環。 The substituent represented by Y 1 to Y 11 may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent. The substituent of Y 1 to Y 11 is preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a decylamino group, a sulfonylamino group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aliphatic group. A sulfur group, a cyano group or the like is more preferably an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aliphatic thio group or a cyano group. In Y 1 to Y 11 , two adjacent substituents may form a 5-membered ring to a 6-membered ring.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,Y1~Y11較佳為氫原子、脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯基胺基、磺醯胺基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基等的情形,更佳為氫原子、脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、脂肪族氧基、氰基的情形。 In terms of the effects of the present invention, Y 1 to Y 11 are preferably a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a decylamino group or a sulfonium sulfonate. In the case of an amine group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aliphatic thio group or a cyano group, a hydrogen atom, an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, an aliphatic oxy group or a cyano group is more preferable.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,通式(A2)中的A就色相的方 面而言較佳為5員環雜環的情形,更佳為含氮或含硫5員雜環的情形,進而佳為含有2個以上的雜原子的5員雜環的情形。 In terms of the effect of the present invention, the A in the general formula (A2) is the side of the hue The surface is preferably a 5-membered ring heterocyclic ring, more preferably a nitrogen-containing or sulfur-containing 5-membered heterocyclic ring, and further preferably a 5-membered heterocyclic ring containing two or more hetero atoms.

R56~R57、R59所表示的取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。R56~R57、R59的取代基較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯基胺基、磺醯胺基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基等,更佳為脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基等。 The substituent represented by R 56 to R 57 and R 59 may be any group as long as it is a group which can be substituted as described in the above-mentioned substituent. The substituent of R 56 to R 57 and R 59 is preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a decylamino group, a sulfonylamino group or an aliphatic oxy group. An aliphatic thio group, a cyano group or the like is more preferably an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aliphatic thio group or a cyano group.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,R56~R57、R59較佳為脂肪族基、芳基、雜環基、脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基、醯基胺基、磺醯胺基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基等的情形,更佳為脂肪族基、脂肪族氧基、脂肪族硫基、氰基的情形。 In terms of the effects of the present invention, R 56 to R 57 and R 59 are preferably an aliphatic group, an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group, a decylamino group or a sulfonium sulfonate. In the case of an amine group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aliphatic thio group or a cyano group, it is more preferably an aliphatic group, an aliphatic oxy group, an aliphatic thio group or a cyano group.

R58所表示的取代基只要為上文所述的取代基的項中所述且可進行取代的基團,則可為任意基團。就本發明的效果的方面而言,R58較佳為雜環基、哈米特(Hammett)的取代基常數σp值為0.2以上的拉電子性基,更佳為σp值為0.3以上的拉電子性基。上限為σp值為1.0以下的拉電子性基。 The substituent represented by R 58 may be any group as long as it is a group which is described in the above-mentioned substituent and which can be substituted. In terms of the effects of the present invention, R 58 is preferably a heterocyclic group, a Hammert's substituent constant σp value of 0.2 or more electron withdrawing groups, and more preferably a σp value of 0.3 or more. Electronic basis. The upper limit is an electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 1.0 or less.

作為σp值為0.2以上的拉電子性基的R58的具體例可列舉:醯基、醯基氧基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、芳氧基羰基、氰基、硝基、二烷基膦醯基、二芳基膦醯基、二芳基氧膦基、烷基亞磺醯基、芳基亞磺醯基、烷基磺醯基、芳基磺醯基、磺醯基氧基、醯基硫基、胺磺醯基、硫氰酸酯基、硫代羰基、鹵化烷基、鹵化烷氧基、鹵化芳氧基、鹵化烷基胺基、鹵化烷基硫基、經σp 值為0.20以上的其他拉電子性基所取代的芳基、雜環基、鹵素原子、偶氮基、或硒氰酸酯基。 Specific examples of R 58 which is an electron withdrawing group having a σp value of 0.2 or more include an anthracenyl group, a mercaptooxy group, an aminomethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and a second group. Alkylphosphinyl, diarylphosphonium, diarylphosphinyl, alkylsulfinyl, arylsulfinyl, alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, sulfonyloxy Base, mercaptothio, sulfonyl, thiocyanate, thiocarbonyl, alkyl halide, halogenated alkoxy, halogenated aryloxy, alkyl halide, halogenated alkylthio, σp An aryl group, a heterocyclic group, a halogen atom, an azo group, or a selenocyanate group substituted with another electron-donating group having a value of 0.20 or more.

另外,就本發明的效果的方面而言,R58較佳為所述(Y-1)~(Y-13)的情形,為了容易取得分子內氫鍵結構,更佳為6員環的下述(Y-1)~(Y-6)的任一個的情形,進而佳為所述(Y-1)、(Y-3)、(Y-4)、(Y-6)的任一個的情形,尤佳為所述(Y-1)或(Y-4)的情形。 Further, in terms of the effects of the present invention, R 58 is preferably the case of (Y-1) to (Y-13), and in order to easily obtain an intramolecular hydrogen bond structure, it is more preferably a 6-membered ring. In the case of any of (Y-1) to (Y-6), it is preferable that any of the above (Y-1), (Y-3), (Y-4), and (Y-6) The case is particularly preferably the case of (Y-1) or (Y-4).

作為通式(A2)中的A而列舉的(A-1)~(A-32)的雜環中,只要與鍵結於偶氮基的碳原子鄰接的原子為雜原子,則有光堅牢性、熱堅牢性變高的傾向,藉由將具有此種結構特徵的顏料用於彩色濾光片,可獲得顯示出高對比度的彩色濾光片,故較佳。 The heterocyclic ring of (A-1) to (A-32) exemplified as A in the general formula (A2) is lightly strong as long as the atom adjacent to the carbon atom bonded to the azo group is a hetero atom. The tendency of the property and the thermal fastness to become high is preferable because a pigment having such a structural feature is used for a color filter to obtain a color filter exhibiting high contrast.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料較佳為以下情形:G為氫原子,R1為胺基或以氮原子鍵結的飽和雜環基,m為0或1,於m為1的情形時,R2為脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基或脂肪族氧基,A為(A-1)、(A-10)~(A-17)、(A-20)~(A-23)、(A-27)、(A-28)、(A-30)~(A-32)的任一個,且n為1或2。 In terms of the effect of the present invention, the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) is preferably a case where G is a hydrogen atom, and R 1 is an amine group or a saturated heterocyclic group bonded with a nitrogen atom, m When it is 0 or 1, when m is 1, R 2 is an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbenyl group or an aliphatic oxy group, and A is (A-1), (A-10) to (A-17). And (A-20) to (A-23), (A-27), (A-28), (A-30) to (A-32), and n is 1 or 2.

更佳為以下情形:G為氫原子,R1為胺基或以氮原子鍵結的飽和雜環基,m為0或1,於m為1的情形時,R2為脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基或脂肪族氧基,A為(A-1)、(A-10)、(A-11)、(A-13)~(A-17)、(A-20)、(A-22)~(A-23)、(A-27)、(A-28)、(A-30)~(A-32)的任一個,且n為1或2。 More preferably, it is the case where G is a hydrogen atom, R 1 is an amine group or a saturated heterocyclic group bonded with a nitrogen atom, m is 0 or 1, and in the case where m is 1, R 2 is an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group. , Aminomethyl or alkoxy, A is (A-1), (A-10), (A-11), (A-13) to (A-17), (A-20), A-22) Any of (A-23), (A-27), (A-28), (A-30) to (A-32), and n is 1 or 2.

進而佳為以下情形:G為氫原子,R1為胺基或以氮原子鍵結的飽和雜環基,m為0,A為(A-10)、(A-11)、(A-13)~(A-17)、(A-20)、(A-22)~(A-23)、(A-27)、(A-28)、(A-30)~(A-32)的任一個,且n為1或2。 Further preferably, the case is as follows: G is a hydrogen atom, R 1 is an amine group or a saturated heterocyclic group bonded with a nitrogen atom, m is 0, and A is (A-10), (A-11), (A-13) )~(A-17), (A-20), (A-22)~(A-23), (A-27), (A-28), (A-30)~(A-32) Either, and n is 1 or 2.

尤佳為以下情形:G為氫原子,R1為胺基,m為0,A為(A-16)~(A-17)、(A-20)、(A-28)、(A-32)的任一個,n為1或2;特佳為G為氫原子、R1為胺基、m為0、A為(A-16)且n為1或2的情形。 It is particularly preferable that G is a hydrogen atom, R 1 is an amine group, m is 0, and A is (A-16) to (A-17), (A-20), (A-28), (A- Any one of 32), n is 1 or 2; particularly preferably, G is a hydrogen atom, R 1 is an amine group, m is 0, A is (A-16), and n is 1 or 2.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料更佳為下述通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料。 In the aspect of the effect of the present invention, the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) is more preferably an azo pigment represented by the following formula (A3).

對於通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料而言,藉由偶氮基使Z或R55與萘環的羥基形成交叉氫鍵,提高顏料結構的平面性,分子內、分子間相互作用變強,結果光堅牢性、熱堅牢性、耐溶劑性等大幅度地提高,故較佳。 With respect to the azo pigment represented by the general formula (A3), Z or R 55 forms a cross hydrogen bond with the hydroxyl group of the naphthalene ring by an azo group, thereby improving the planarity of the pigment structure, and the intramolecular and intermolecular interactions are changed. Strong, as a result, light fastness, heat fastness, solvent resistance, and the like are greatly improved, which is preferable.

以下,對通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料、其互變異構物、該等的鹽或水合物加以詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the azo pigment, the tautomer, the salt or the hydrate represented by the formula (A3) will be described in detail.

通式(A3)[化8] General formula (A3) [Chemical 8]

(通式(A3)中,R21、R22、R55、R59、m及n分別與通式(A2)中定義的R1、R2、R55、R59、m及n為相同含意。Z表示哈米特的σp值為0.2以上的拉電子性基。n=2的情形表示介隔R21、R22、R55、R59或Z的二聚物。n=3的情形表示介隔R21、R22、R55、R59或Z的三聚物。n=4的情形表示介隔R21、R22、R55、R59或Z的四聚物。通式(A3)不具有離子性親水性基) (In the formula (A3), R 21 , R 22 , R 55 , R 59 , m and n are respectively the same as R 1 , R 2 , R 55 , R 59 , m and n defined in the formula (A2). Meaning Z. The Hammer's σp value is an electron withdrawing group of 0.2 or more. The case of n=2 represents a dimer interposing R 21 , R 22 , R 55 , R 59 or Z. The case of n=3 represents interposed R 21, R 22, R 55 , R 59 or Z trimer .n = 4 represents the case interposed R 21, R 22, R 55 , R 59 or Z tetramer of general formula ( A3) does not have an ionic hydrophilic group)

Z所表示的哈米特的σp值為0.2以上的取代基可列舉上文所述的通式(A2)的R58的說明中所述的基團。 The substituent having a σp value of 0.2 or more of Hammett represented by Z is exemplified by the group described in the description of R 58 of the above formula (A2).

通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料的R21、R22、R55、R59、m、n的較佳的取代基、範圍與通式(A2)的R1、R2、R55、R59、m、及n相同。 Preferred substituents and ranges of R 21 , R 22 , R 55 , R 59 , m and n of the azo pigment represented by the formula (A3) and R 1 , R 2 and R 55 of the formula (A2) , R 59 , m, and n are the same.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,Z較佳為醯基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、氰基、烷基磺醯基、胺磺醯基,更佳為胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、氰基,尤佳為氰基的情形。 In terms of the effect of the present invention, Z is preferably an anthracenyl group, an aminomethyl fluorenyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an amine sulfonyl group, more preferably an amine carbaryl group or an alkane. The case of an oxycarbonyl group or a cyano group, particularly preferably a cyano group.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料較佳為以下情形:R21為可具有取代基的胺基,m為0或1,於m為1的情形時,R22為脂肪族氧基羰基、胺甲醯基或脂肪族氧 基,R55為於鍵結部位的鄰接位上含有氮原子的芳香族5員~6員雜環基,R59為氫原子或脂肪族基,Z為醯基、胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基、氰基、烷基磺醯基或胺磺醯基,且n為1或2。 In terms of the effect of the present invention, the azo pigment represented by the formula (A3) is preferably a case where R 21 is an amine group which may have a substituent, m is 0 or 1, and when m is 1. When R 22 is an aliphatic oxycarbonyl group, an amine carbaryl group or an aliphatic oxy group, and R 55 is an aromatic 5-membered to 6-membered heterocyclic group having a nitrogen atom at a position adjacent to the bonding site, and R 59 is A hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group, Z is a mercapto group, an amine mercapto group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, a cyano group, an alkylsulfonyl group or an aminesulfonyl group, and n is 1 or 2.

更佳為以下情形:R21為可具有取代基的胺基,m為0,R55為(Y-1)~(Y-13)的任一個,R59為氫原子或脂肪族基,Z為胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基或氰基,且n為1或2。 More preferably, R 21 is an amine group which may have a substituent, m is 0, R 55 is any one of (Y-1) to (Y-13), and R 59 is a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group, Z It is an aminomethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a cyano group, and n is 1 or 2.

進而佳為以下情形:R21為可具有取代基的胺基,m為0,R55為(Y-1)~(Y-6)的任一個,R59為氫原子或脂肪族基,Z為胺甲醯基、烷氧基羰基或氰基,且n為1或2。 Further, it is preferably the case where R 21 is an amine group which may have a substituent, m is 0, R 55 is any one of (Y-1) to (Y-6), and R 59 is a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic group, Z It is an aminomethyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group or a cyano group, and n is 1 or 2.

尤佳為以下情形:R21為可具有取代基的胺基,m為0,R55為(Y-1)、(Y-4)或(Y-6),R59為氫原子,Z為氰基,且n為1或2。 More preferably, R 21 is an amine group which may have a substituent, m is 0, R 55 is (Y-1), (Y-4) or (Y-6), R 59 is a hydrogen atom, and Z is Cyano group, and n is 1 or 2.

就本發明的效果的方面而言,通式(A2)或通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料較佳為「總碳數/偶氮基的個數」為40以下,更佳為30以下。就本發明的效果的方面而言,通式(A2)或通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料較佳為「分子量/偶氮基的個數」為700以下。就本發明的效果的方面而言,通式(A2)或通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料較佳為未經磺基、羧基等離子性取代基取代的情形。 In the aspect of the effect of the present invention, the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) or the formula (A3) preferably has a "total number of carbon atoms/number of azo groups" of 40 or less, more preferably 30. the following. In the aspect of the effect of the present invention, the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) or the formula (A3) preferably has a "molecular weight/number of azo groups" of 700 or less. In the aspect of the effect of the present invention, the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) or the formula (A3) is preferably substituted without an ionic substituent such as a sulfo group or a carboxyl group.

所述通式(A2)所表示的偶氮化合物於其他態樣中,較佳為A為(A-1)~(A-9)、(A-11)~(A-13)、(A-17)、(A-20)~(A-23)、(A-27)、(A-28)、(A-30)~(A-32),更佳為(A-11)~(A-13)、(A-17)、(A-20)~(A-23)、(A-27)、(A-28)、(A-30) ~(A-32),進而佳為(A-17)、(A-20)、(A-22)~(A-23)、(A-27)、(A-28)、(A-31)、(A-32),進而更佳為(A-20)、(A-28)、(A-32),尤佳為(A-20)。另外,進而佳為(A-20)的R56為R59In other aspects of the azo compound represented by the above formula (A2), it is preferred that A is (A-1) to (A-9), (A-11) to (A-13), (A). -17), (A-20)~(A-23), (A-27), (A-28), (A-30)~(A-32), more preferably (A-11)~( A-13), (A-17), (A-20)~(A-23), (A-27), (A-28), (A-30) ~(A-32), and thus better (A-17), (A-20), (A-22)~(A-23), (A-27), (A-28), (A-31), (A-32), and further Jia Wei (A-20), (A-28), (A-32), and especially good (A-20). Further, it is preferable that R 56 of (A-20) is R 59 .

本發明中,通式(A2)或通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料的互變異構物亦包括在其範圍內。通式(A2)或通式(A3)是自化學結構上可取的多種互變異構物中以極限結構式的形式表示,亦可為所記載的結構以外的互變異構物,亦能以含有多種互變異構物的混合物的形式使用。 In the present invention, the tautomer of the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) or the formula (A3) is also included in the range. The general formula (A2) or the general formula (A3) is represented by a limit structural formula in a plurality of tautomeric forms which are preferable from the chemical structure, and may be a tautomer other than the described structure, and may also contain It is used in the form of a mixture of various tautomers.

例如,關於通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料,可想到下述通式(A1')所表示的偶氮-腙的互變異構物。 For example, the azo pigment represented by the following formula (A1') is considered to be an azo-oxime tautomer represented by the following formula (A1').

本發明中,作為通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料的互變異構物的以下通式(A1')所表示的顏料亦包括在其範圍內。 In the present invention, the pigment represented by the following formula (A1') which is a tautomer of the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) is also included in the range.

(通式(A1')中,G、R1、R2、m、n及A分別與通式(A2)中的G、R1、R2、m、n為相同含意) (In the formula (A1'), G, R 1 , R 2 , m, n and A have the same meanings as G, R 1 , R 2 , m and n in the formula (A2), respectively)

通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料中,如上文所述般尤佳的偶氮顏料的通式例可列舉下述通式(A4-1)~通式(A4-4)所表示的偶氮顏料。所述通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料較佳為下述通式(A4-1)~通式(A4-4)所表示的偶氮顏料。 In the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2), the general formula of the azo pigment which is more preferably as described above may be represented by the following formula (A4-1) to formula (A4-4). Azo pigment. The azo pigment represented by the above formula (A2) is preferably an azo pigment represented by the following formula (A4-1) to formula (A4-4).

以下,對通式(A4-1)~通式(A4-4)所表示的偶氮顏料、其互變異構物、該等的鹽或水合物加以詳細說明。 Hereinafter, the azo pigments represented by the general formulae (A4-1) to (A4-4), the tautomers thereof, and the salts or hydrates thereof will be described in detail.

(通式(A4-1)~通式(A4-4)中,R1、R2、m及n分別與通式(A2)中的R1、R2、m及n為相同含意。X表示碳原子或氮原子,Ax與X及鄰接的碳原子一起形成芳香族5員~6員雜環基,Bx與鄰接的碳原子一起形成芳香族5員~6員雜環基,詳細而言,表示由通式(A2)的A所定義的(A-1)~(A-32)中的相應基團。Yx與氮原子及鄰接的碳原子一起形成雜環基,表示 由通式(A2)的R55所定義的雜環基中的相應基團。R23表示通式(A2)所規定的R51、R54、R57、R58等取代基中,相當於自相應的取代基中去掉羰基所得的基團的取代基。R'1表示自通式(A2)所規定的R1的胺基中去掉-NH-的相應取代基) (In the general formula (A4-1) to the general formula (A4-4), R 1 , R 2 , m and n have the same meanings as R 1 , R 2 , m and n in the formula (A2), respectively. A carbon atom or a nitrogen atom is represented, and Ax forms an aromatic 5 member to 6 membered heterocyclic group together with X and an adjacent carbon atom, and Bx forms an aromatic 5 member to 6 membered heterocyclic group together with an adjacent carbon atom. And represents a corresponding group in (A-1) to (A-32) defined by A of the formula (A2). Yx forms a heterocyclic group together with a nitrogen atom and an adjacent carbon atom, and represents a general formula ( A2) the corresponding group in the heterocyclic group defined by R 55. R 23 represents a substituent such as R 51 , R 54 , R 57 or R 58 defined by the formula (A2), which corresponds to the corresponding substitution. a substituent of the group obtained by removing a carbonyl group from the group. R' 1 represents a corresponding substituent from which the -NH- group is removed from the amine group of R 1 defined by the formula (A2)

關於所述通式(A2)、通式(A3)、通式(A4-1)~通式(A4-4)所表示的偶氮顏料,可想到多種互變異構物。 A variety of tautomers are conceivable for the azo pigments represented by the above formula (A2), formula (A3), and formula (A4-1) to formula (A4-4).

另外,本發明中,通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料較佳為具有形成分子內氫鍵或分子內交叉氫鍵的取代基。更佳為具有至少1個以上的形成分子內氫鍵的取代基,尤佳為具有至少1個以上的形成分子內交叉氫鍵的取代基。 Further, in the present invention, the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) preferably has a substituent which forms an intramolecular hydrogen bond or an intramolecular cross hydrogen bond. More preferably, it has at least one or more substituents which form intramolecular hydrogen bonds, and it is more preferable to have at least one or more substituents which form intramolecular cross hydrogen bonds.

較佳為該結構的因素可列舉:如通式(A4-1)~通式(A4-4)所示般構成偶氮顏料結構所含有的雜環基的氮原子、萘取代基的羥基的氫原子及氧原子、及偶氮基或作為其互變異構物的腙基的氮原子、或偶氮顏料結構所含有的偶氮成分上取代的羰基、萘取代基的羥基的氫原子及氧原子、及偶氮基或作為其互變異構物的腙基的氮原子容易形成分子內的交叉氫鍵。 The factor of the structure is preferably a nitrogen atom of a heterocyclic group or a hydroxyl group of a naphthalene substituent which is contained in the azo pigment structure as represented by the general formulae (A4-1) to (A4-4). a hydrogen atom and an oxygen atom, an azo group or a nitrogen atom of a mercapto group as a tautomer thereof, or a carbonyl group substituted with an azo group contained in an azo pigment structure, a hydrogen atom of a hydroxyl group of a naphthalene substituent, and oxygen The atom, and the azo group or the nitrogen atom of the thiol group as its tautomer easily form a cross hydrogen bond in the molecule.

結果,分子的平面性提高,分子內.分子間相互作用進一步提高,通式(A4-1)~通式(A4-4)所表示的偶氮顏料的結晶性變高(容易形成高次結構),作為顏料的要求性能即光堅牢性、熱穩定性、濕熱穩定性、耐水性、耐氣體性及/或耐溶劑性大幅度地提高,故成為更佳的例子。 As a result, the planarity of the molecule is increased, intramolecular. Further, the intermolecular interaction is further improved, and the crystallinity of the azo pigment represented by the general formulae (A4-1) to (A4-4) becomes high (it is easy to form a high-order structure), and the required performance as a pigment is light fastness. Further, thermal stability, wet heat stability, water resistance, gas resistance, and/or solvent resistance are greatly improved, which is a more preferable example.

就該觀點而言,通式(A2)所表示的偶氮顏料較佳為通式 (A3)、通式(A4-1)~通式(A4-4)所表示的顏料,更佳為通式(A3)、通式(A4-1)或通式(A4-2)所表示的顏料,尤佳為通式(A3)所表示的偶氮顏料。 From this point of view, the azo pigment represented by the formula (A2) is preferably a formula (A3), the pigment represented by the formula (A4-1) to the formula (A4-4), more preferably represented by the formula (A3), the formula (A4-1) or the formula (A4-2) The pigment is particularly preferably an azo pigment represented by the formula (A3).

本發明中所用的偶氮顏料的具體例例如可參考日本專利特開2011-162760號公報的段落0094~段落0116中記載的化合物,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 Specific examples of the azo pigment used in the present invention can be referred to, for example, the compounds described in paragraphs 0094 to 0116 of JP-A-2011-162760, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

另外,本發明的顏料亦可使用選自下述通式(1A)、通式(1B)及通式(1C)所表示的喹酞酮化合物(以下有時稱為「特定喹酞酮化合物」)中的一種以上的顏料。藉由使用喹酞酮化合物,具有以下效果:亮度高且對比度高,並且著色力優異,彩色濾光片用著色組成物的低黏度化優異。 Further, the pigment of the present invention may be a quinophthalone compound selected from the following general formula (1A), general formula (1B), and general formula (1C) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "specific quinophthalone compound"). More than one pigment. By using a quinophthalone compound, the effect is high, the contrast is high, and the coloring power is excellent, and the color filter is excellent in the low viscosity of the coloring composition.

通式(1B)[化12] General formula (1B) [Chemical 12]

(通式(1A)~通式(1C)中,R14~R28、R29~R43、R44~R60分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的烷氧基、可具有取代基的芳基、-SO3H;-COOH;及該些酸性基的1價~3價的金屬鹽;烷基銨鹽、可具有取代基的鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基、或可具有取代基的胺磺醯基) (In the general formulae (1A) to (1C), R 14 to R 28 , R 29 to R 43 and R 44 to R 60 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and Alkoxy group having a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, -SO 3 H; -COOH; and a monovalent to trivalent metal salt of the acidic group; an alkylammonium salt, a substituent which may have a substituent Benzoquinone imine methyl, or aminesulfonyl group which may have a substituent)

此處,鹵素原子可列舉氟、氯、溴、碘。 Here, examples of the halogen atom include fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.

另外,可具有取代基的烷基除了甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、新戊基、正己基、正辛基、硬脂基、2-乙基己基等直鏈或分支烷基以外,可列舉:三氯甲基、三氟甲基、2,2,2-三氟乙基、2,2-二溴乙基、2,2,3,3-四氟丙基、2-乙氧基乙基、2-丁氧基乙基、2-硝基丙基、苄基、4-甲基苄基、4-第三丁基苄基、4-甲氧基苄基、4-硝基苄基、2,4-二氯苄基等具有取代基的烷基。 Further, the alkyl group which may have a substituent includes, in addition to a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, an n-octyl group, a stearyl group, Other than a straight or branched alkyl group such as 2-ethylhexyl, trichloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, 2,2-dibromoethyl, 2,2 may be mentioned. ,3,3-tetrafluoropropyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 2-butoxyethyl, 2-nitropropyl, benzyl, 4-methylbenzyl, 4-tert-butylbenzyl A substituted alkyl group such as a 4-methoxybenzyl group, a 4-nitrobenzyl group or a 2,4-dichlorobenzyl group.

另外,具有取代基的烷氧基除了甲氧基、乙氧基、丙氧基、異丙氧基、正丁氧基、異丁氧基、第三丁氧基、新戊氧基、2,3-二甲基-3-戊氧基、正己氧基、正辛氧基、硬脂氧基、2-乙基己氧基等直鏈或分支烷氧基以外,可列舉:三氯甲氧基、三氟甲氧基、2,2,2-三氟乙氧基、2,2,3,3-四氟丙氧基、2,2-二-三氟甲基丙氧基、2-乙氧基乙氧基、2-丁氧基乙氧基、2-硝基丙氧基、苄氧基等具有取代基的烷氧基。 Further, the alkoxy group having a substituent is methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, isobutoxy, tert-butoxy, neopentyloxy, 2, Other than a linear or branched alkoxy group such as 3-dimethyl-3-pentyloxy, n-hexyloxy, n-octyloxy, stearyloxy or 2-ethylhexyloxy, trichloromethoxy , trifluoromethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy, 2,2-di-trifluoromethylpropoxy, 2- Alkoxy groups having a substituent such as an ethoxyethoxy group, a 2-butoxyethoxy group, a 2-nitropropoxy group, or a benzyloxy group.

另外,可具有取代基的芳基除了苯基、萘基、蒽基等芳基以外,可列舉:對甲基苯基、對溴苯基、對硝基苯基、對甲氧基苯基、2,4-二氯苯基、五氟苯基、2-胺基苯基、2-甲基-4-氯苯基、4-羥基-1-萘基、6-甲基-2-萘基、4,5,8-三氯-2-萘基、蒽醌基(anthraquinonyl)、2-胺基蒽醌基等具有取代基的芳基。 Further, the aryl group which may have a substituent may be, for example, a p-methylphenyl group, a p-bromophenyl group, a p-nitrophenyl group or a p-methoxyphenyl group, in addition to an aryl group such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group or a fluorenyl group. 2,4-Dichlorophenyl, pentafluorophenyl, 2-aminophenyl, 2-methyl-4-chlorophenyl, 4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl, 6-methyl-2-naphthyl An aryl group having a substituent such as 4,5,8-trichloro-2-naphthyl, anthraquinonyl or 2-aminoindenyl.

另外,酸性基可列舉-SO3H、-COOH,該些酸性基的1價~3價的金屬鹽可列舉:鈉鹽、鉀鹽、鎂鹽、鈣鹽、鐵鹽、鋁鹽等。另外,酸性基的烷基銨鹽可列舉:辛基胺、月桂基胺、硬脂 基胺等長鏈單烷基胺的銨鹽,棕櫚基三甲基銨、二月桂基二甲基銨、二硬脂基二甲基銨鹽等四級烷基銨鹽。 Further, examples of the acidic group include -SO 3 H and -COOH, and the monovalent to trivalent metal salt of the acidic group may, for example, be a sodium salt, a potassium salt, a magnesium salt, a calcium salt, an iron salt or an aluminum salt. Further, examples of the acid group alkylammonium salt include ammonium salts of long-chain monoalkylamines such as octylamine, laurylamine and stearylamine, palmityl trimethylammonium and dilauryldimethylammonium. A quaternary alkyl ammonium salt such as distearyl dimethyl ammonium salt.

可具有取代基的鄰苯二甲醯亞胺甲基(C6H4(CO)2N-CH2-)、及可具有取代基的胺磺醯基(H2NSO2-)中的「取代基」可列舉:所述鹵素原子、可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的烷氧基、可具有取代基的芳基等。 a phthalic acid imine methyl group (C 6 H 4 (CO) 2 N-CH 2 -) which may have a substituent, and an amine sulfonyl group (H 2 NSO 2 -) which may have a substituent Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an alkoxy group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent, and the like.

進而,就分散體的低黏度化的觀點而言,喹酞酮化合物更佳為通式(1A)~通式(1C)的R14~R28、R29~R43、R44~R60為氫原子或鹵素原子。 Further, from the viewpoint of low viscosity of the dispersion, the quinophthalone compound is more preferably R 14 to R 28 , R 29 to R 43 , R 44 to R 60 of the formula (1A) to the formula (1C). It is a hydrogen atom or a halogen atom.

喹酞酮化合物的具體例可列舉下述所示的喹酞酮化合物(a)~喹酞酮化合物(r)等,但本發明不限定於該些化合物。 Specific examples of the quinophthalone compound include the quinophthalone compound (a) to the quinophthalone compound (r) shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these compounds.

[化14] [Chemistry 14]

[化15] [化15]

[化16] [Chemistry 16]

另外,本發明的顏料亦可使用下述通式(1)所表示的酞菁色素(以下有時稱為「特定酞菁色素」)。 In addition, the phthalocyanine dye represented by the following general formula (1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as "specific phthalocyanine dye") may be used as the pigment of the present invention.

(通式(1)中,A1~A16分別獨立地表示氫原子、鹵素原子、 硝基、可具有取代基的烷基或可具有取代基的芳基。R1及R2分別獨立地表示氫原子、羥基、可具有取代基的烷基、可具有取代基的芳基或-OR3,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成環。R3為可具有取代基的烷基或可具有取代基的芳基) (In the formula (1), A 1 to A 16 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent or an aryl group which may have a substituent. R 1 and R 2 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group which may have a substituent, an aryl group which may have a substituent or -OR 3 , and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. R 3 is an alkyl group which may have a substituent Or an aryl group which may have a substituent)

以下列舉本發明中可使用的特定酞菁色素的具體例,但不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the specific phthalocyanine dye which can be used in the present invention are listed below, but are not limited to these specific examples.

[化18] [化18]

[化19] [Chemistry 19]

本發明的顏料亦可使用下述式(2)所表示的二酮基吡咯并吡咯系顏料。 The diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the following formula (2) can also be used as the pigment of the present invention.

[化20] [Chemistry 20]

(式(2)中,A及B分別獨立地為氫原子、氟原子、碘原子、氰基、碳數1~12的烷基、可具有取代基的苯基、-CF3、-OR1、-SR2、-N(R3)R4、-COOR5、-CONH2、-CONHR6、-CON(R7)R8、-SO2NH2、-SO2NHR9或-SO2N(R10)R11,R1~R11分別獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基、可具有取代基的苯基或可具有取代基的芳烷基。其中,A及B不同時為氫原子) (In the formula (2), A and B are each independently a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, a cyano group, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, -CF 3 , -OR 1 , -SR 2 , -N(R 3 )R 4 , -COOR 5 , -CONH 2 , -CONHR 6 , -CON(R 7 )R 8 , -SO 2 NH 2 , -SO 2 NHR 9 or -SO 2 N(R 10 )R 11 , R 1 to R 11 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a phenyl group which may have a substituent or an aralkyl group which may have a substituent. Is a hydrogen atom)

本發明的顏料中所用的式(2)所表示的特定雜二酮基吡咯并吡咯顏料中,亦就亮度、對比度及抑制結晶析出的效果的方面而言,較佳為式(2-1)、式(2-2)、式(2-3)、式(2-4)。另外,就對比度及抑制結晶析出的效果的方面而言,式(2-3)、式(2-4)的R6~R8較佳為碳數4以上的烷基或可具有取代基的苯基。可認為該等在高對比度化及抑制結晶析出的方面發揮效果的理由在於:由於具有碳數4以上的烷基的碳醯胺基(carboamide group)、苯基、第三丁基等大體積取代基的立體阻礙效果,顏料的凝聚得到抑制。另外,具有碳醯胺基、苯基、第三丁基的特定雜二酮基吡咯并吡咯顏料由於顏色特性亦優異,故不會損及溴化 二酮基吡咯并吡咯顏料的優異亮度。 In the specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by the formula (2) used in the pigment of the present invention, in terms of brightness, contrast, and effect of suppressing crystallization, the formula (2-1) is preferred. , formula (2-2), formula (2-3), and formula (2-4). Further, R 6 to R 8 in the formula (2-3) and the formula (2-4) are preferably an alkyl group having 4 or more carbon atoms or a substituent group in terms of contrast and effect of suppressing crystallization. Phenyl. The reason why these effects are exhibited in terms of high contrast and suppression of crystallization is considered to be due to the large volume substitution of a carboamide group having a carbon number of 4 or more, a phenyl group, a third butyl group or the like. The steric hindrance effect of the base suppresses the aggregation of the pigment. Further, the specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment having a carboguanamine group, a phenyl group or a tert-butyl group is excellent in color characteristics, so that the excellent brightness of the brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment is not impaired.

(式(2-3)及式(2-4)中,R6~R8分別獨立地為碳數1~12的烷基或可具有取代基的苯基) (In the formulae (2-3) and (2-4), R 6 to R 8 are each independently an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms or a phenyl group having a substituent)

以下列舉本發明中可使用的式(2)的特定雜二酮基吡咯并吡咯顏料的具體例,但不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the specific heterodiketopyrrolopyrrole pigment of the formula (2) which can be used in the present invention are listed below, but are not limited to these specific examples.

[化22] [化22]

[化23] [化23]

[化24] [Chem. 24]

[化25] [化25]

關於顏料的一次粒子尺寸,於用作彩色濾光片用的情形時,就顏色不均或對比度的觀點而言,較佳為100nm以下,另外,就分散穩定性的觀點而言,較佳為5nm以上。顏料的一次粒子尺寸更佳為5nm~75nm,進而佳為5nm~55nm,尤佳為5nm~35nm。本發明的特定分散樹脂可於與具有5nm~35nm的範圍的 一次粒子尺寸的顏料組合時發揮特別良好的效果。 When the primary particle size of the pigment is used as a color filter, it is preferably 100 nm or less from the viewpoint of color unevenness or contrast, and is preferably from the viewpoint of dispersion stability. 5nm or more. The primary particle size of the pigment is preferably from 5 nm to 75 nm, more preferably from 5 nm to 55 nm, and particularly preferably from 5 nm to 35 nm. The specific dispersion resin of the present invention can be in a range of from 5 nm to 35 nm. A particularly good effect is achieved when the primary particle size pigment combination.

顏料的一次粒子尺寸可利用電子顯微鏡等公知的方法來測定。 The primary particle size of the pigment can be measured by a known method such as an electron microscope.

顏料較佳為選自蒽醌系顏料、二酮基吡咯并吡咯系顏料、酞菁系顏料、喹酞酮系顏料、異吲哚啉系顏料、甲亞胺系顏料及二噁嗪系顏料中的顏料。尤其最佳為C.I.顏料紅122、C.I.顏料紅177(蒽醌系顏料)、C.I.顏料紅254(二酮基吡咯并吡咯系顏料)、C.I.顏料綠7、C.I.顏料綠36、C.I.顏料綠58、C.I.顏料藍15:6(酞菁系顏料)、C.I.顏料黃138(喹酞酮系顏料)、C.I.顏料黃139、C.I.顏料黃185(異吲哚啉系顏料)、C.I.顏料黃150(甲亞胺系顏料)、C.I.顏料紫23(二噁嗪系顏料)。 The pigment is preferably selected from the group consisting of an anthraquinone pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, a carbamide pigment, and a dioxazine pigment. Pigments. Especially preferred are CI Pigment Red 122, CI Pigment Red 177 (anthraquinone pigment), CI Pigment Red 254 (diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment), CI Pigment Green 7, CI Pigment Green 36, CI Pigment Green 58, CI Pigment Blue 15:6 (phthalocyanine pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 138 (quinacridone pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 139, CI Pigment Yellow 185 (isoporphyrin pigment), CI Pigment Yellow 150 (Kia Amine pigment), CI Pigment Violet 23 (dioxazine pigment).

另外,本發明的組成物亦可含有(A)顏料以外的公知的染料。例如可使用日本專利特開昭64-90403號公報、日本專利特開昭64-91102號公報、日本專利特開平1-94301號公報、日本專利特開平6-11614號公報、日本專利登記2592207號、美國專利4808501號說明書、美國專利5667920號說明書、美國專利505950號說明書、日本專利特開平5-333207號公報、日本專利特開平6-35183號公報、日本專利特開平6-51115號公報、日本專利特開平6-194828號公報等中揭示的色素。化學結構可使用:吡唑偶氮系、吡咯亞甲基系、苯胺基偶氮系、三苯基甲烷系、蒽醌系、亞苄基系、氧喏系、吡唑并三唑偶氮系、吡啶酮偶氮系、花青系、啡噻嗪系、吡咯并吡唑甲亞胺系等的染料。 Further, the composition of the present invention may contain a known dye other than the pigment (A). For example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Sho 64-90403, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 64-91102, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei 1-94301, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-11614, Japanese Patent Registration No. 2592207 , U.S. Patent No. 4,808, 510, U.S. Patent No. 5,679, 920, U.S. Patent No. 5, 560, 950, U.S. Patent No. 5, 505, 950, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei 5- 333 207, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-35183, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei 6-51115, Japan The pigment disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 6-194928 or the like. The chemical structure can be used: pyrazole azo, pyrromethylene, aniline azo, triphenylmethane, lanthanide, benzylidene, oxonium, pyrazolotriazole azo A dye such as a pyridone azo, a cyanine, a phenothiazine or a pyrrolopyrazine.

另外,染料亦可使用色素多聚物。色素多聚物可列舉日本專利特開2011-213925號公報、日本專利特開2013-041097號公報中記載的化合物。 Further, a dye polymer can also be used as the dye. The compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2011-041097, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2013-041097.

相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物所含有的除了溶劑以外的總成分(固體成分),本發明的組成物中的顏料的含量較佳為10質量%~70質量%,更佳為20質量%~60質量%,進而佳為30質量%~60質量%。 The content of the pigment in the composition of the present invention is preferably 10% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 20% by mass, based on the total component (solid content) other than the solvent contained in the coloring photosensitive resin composition. 60% by mass, and more preferably 30% by mass to 60% by mass.

顏料於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The pigment may be contained in the composition of the present invention alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<(B)鹼性色素衍生物>> <<(B) Alkaline Pigment Derivatives>>

本發明的組成物含有(B)鹼性色素衍生物。鹼性色素衍生物為具有利用鹼性基將顏料的一部分取代的結構的化合物。 The composition of the present invention contains (B) a basic dye derivative. The basic dye derivative is a compound having a structure in which a part of the pigment is substituted with a basic group.

用以構成鹼性色素衍生物的顏料可列舉:喹啉系顏料、苯并咪唑酮系顏料、異吲哚啉系顏料、二酮基吡咯并吡咯系顏料、偶氮系顏料、酞菁系顏料、蒽醌系顏料、喹吖啶酮系顏料、二噁嗪系顏料、哌瑞酮系顏料、苝系顏料、硫靛系顏料、異吲哚啉酮系顏料、喹酞酮系顏料、還原(threne)系顏料、金屬錯合物系顏料等。 Examples of the pigment constituting the basic dye derivative include a quinoline pigment, a benzimidazolone pigment, an isoporphyrin pigment, a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, an azo pigment, and a phthalocyanine pigment. , anthraquinone pigment, quinacridone pigment, dioxazine pigment, piperidone pigment, anthraquinone pigment, thioindole pigment, isoindolinone pigment, quinophthalone pigment, reduction Threne) is a pigment, a metal complex pigment, and the like.

鹼性色素衍生物較佳為喹啉系、苯并咪唑酮系、異吲哚啉系的鹼性色素衍生物,更佳為苯并咪唑酮系的鹼性色素衍生物。 The basic dye derivative is preferably a quinoline-based, benzimidazolone-based or isoporphyrin-based basic dye derivative, and more preferably a benzimidazolone-based basic dye derivative.

具體可例示:日本專利特開昭60-88185號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-239554號公報中記載的化合物、 及日本專利特開2009-86375號公報中記載的於分子內具有顏料母核結構及胺基的化合物等,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 Specifically, the compound described in JP-A-60-88185, and the compound described in JP-A-2000-239554, The compound having a pigment core structure and an amine group in the molecule described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2009-86375 is incorporated herein by reference.

鹼性色素衍生物所具有的鹼性基較佳為胺基。 The basic group which the basic dye derivative has is preferably an amine group.

其中,鹼性色素衍生物較佳為下述通式(P1)或通式(I)所表示的色素衍生物。 Among them, the basic dye derivative is preferably a dye derivative represented by the following formula (P1) or (I).

A-N=N-X-Y (P1)A-N=N-X-Y (P1)

通式(P1)中,A表示可與X-Y一起形成偶氮顏料的成分。上述A只要是可與重氮化合物(diazonium compound)偶合而形成偶氮顏料的化合物,則可任意選擇。以下表示上述A的具體例,但本發明並不限定於這些具體例。 In the formula (P1), A represents a component which can form an azo pigment together with X-Y. The above A may be arbitrarily selected as long as it is a compound which can be coupled with a diazonium compound to form an azo pigment. Specific examples of the above A are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

上述通式(P1)中,X表示單鍵(意指Y直接鍵結於-N=N-)、或選自由下述結構式表示的二價的連結基的基。 In the above formula (P1), X represents a single bond (meaning that Y is directly bonded to -N=N-) or a group selected from a divalent linking group represented by the following structural formula.

上述通式(P1)中,Y表示由下述通式(P2)表示的基。 In the above formula (P1), Y represents a group represented by the following formula (P2).

通式(P2)中,Z表示低級伸烷基。Z表示-(CH2)b-,上述b表示1~5的整數,較佳為b表示2或3。通式(P2)中,-NR2表示低級烷基胺基、或含氮原子的5員或6員的飽和雜環。在上 述-NR2表示低級烷基胺基的情況下,上述-NR2表示-N(CnH2n+1)2,n表示1~4的整數,較佳為n表示1或2。另一方面,在上述-NR2表示含氮原子的5員或6員的飽和雜環的情況下,上述-NR2較佳為由下述結構式表示的雜環。 In the formula (P2), Z represents a lower alkyl group. Z represents -(CH 2 ) b -, and b represents an integer of 1 to 5, and preferably b represents 2 or 3. In the formula (P2), -NR 2 represents a lower alkylamino group or a saturated heterocyclic ring of 5 or 6 members containing a nitrogen atom. In the case where -NR 2 represents a lower alkylamino group, the above -NR 2 represents -N(C n H 2n+1 ) 2 , n represents an integer of 1 to 4, and preferably n represents 1 or 2. On the other hand, when -NR 2 represents a saturated heterocyclic ring of 5 or 6 members containing a nitrogen atom, the above -NR 2 is preferably a heterocyclic ring represented by the following structural formula.

上述通式(P2)中,Z以及-NR2分別可具有低級烷基、烷氧基作為取代基。上述通式(P2)中,a表示1或2,較佳為a表示2。 In the above formula (P2), Z and -NR 2 each may have a lower alkyl group or an alkoxy group as a substituent. In the above formula (P2), a represents 1 or 2, and preferably a represents 2.

以下表示由上述通式(P1)表示的化合物的具體例(具體例1~22),但本發明並不限定於這些具體例。 Specific examples (specific examples 1 to 22) of the compound represented by the above formula (P1) are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

通式(I)中,Dye表示n價的有機色素殘基,X表示單鍵、-CONH-Y2-、-SO2NH-Y2-或-CH2NHCOCH2NH-Y2-(Y2表示可具有取代基的伸烷基或伸芳基),Y1表示-NH-或-O-,於n表示1的情形時,Z表示羥基、烷氧基、下述通式(III)所表示的基團或-NH-X-Dye(X與通式(I)中的X為相同含意),於n表示2~4的整數的情形時,Z分別表示羥基、烷氧基或下述通式(III)所表示的基團,R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環。m表示1~6的整數,n表 示1~4的整數。於n為2以上的情形時,多個X、Y1、R1及R2分別可相同亦可不同。 In the general formula (I), Dye represents an n-valent organic dye residue, and X represents a single bond, -CONH-Y 2 -, -SO 2 NH-Y 2 - or -CH 2 NHCOCH 2 NH-Y 2 - (Y 2 represents an alkylene group or an aryl group which may have a substituent), Y 1 represents -NH- or -O-, and when n represents 1, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, and the following formula (III) The group represented by -NH-X-Dye (X is the same as X in the formula (I)), and when n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or a lower group, respectively. In the group represented by the above formula (III), R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a hetero ring containing a nitrogen atom. m represents an integer from 1 to 6, and n represents an integer from 1 to 4. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of X, Y 1 , R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different.

通式(III)中,Y3表示-NH-或-O-。R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環。m表示1~6的整數。 In the formula (III), Y 3 represents -NH- or -O-. R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a hetero ring containing a nitrogen atom. m represents an integer from 1 to 6.

Dye表示n價的有機色素殘基。有機色素殘基可列舉如上所述的顏料中的顯色原子團、其類似結構或部分結構,具體可列舉:含有選自具有偶氮基的骨架、具有脲結構的骨架、具有醯胺結構的骨架、具有環狀醯胺結構的骨架、具有含雜原子的5員環的芳香族環、及具有含雜原子的6員環的芳香族環中的一種以上的部分結構的結構,Dye為含有該些有機色素殘基的取代基。 Dye represents an n-valent organic pigment residue. The organic dye residue may, for example, be a chromogenic atomic group in the pigment as described above, a similar structure or a partial structure thereof, and specifically includes a skeleton selected from the group consisting of a skeleton having an azo group, a skeleton having a urea structure, and a skeleton having a mercapto structure. a structure having a cyclic guanamine structure, an aromatic ring having a 5-membered ring containing a hetero atom, and a partial structure having one or more aromatic rings having a 6-membered ring containing a hetero atom, and Dye contains the structure. Substituents for some organic pigment residues.

Dye較佳為具有顏料母核結構或者顏料母核結構與芳香環、或含氮芳香環、或含氧芳香環、或含硫芳香環,胺基是直接或藉由連結基而鍵結於顏料母核結構、芳香環、含氮芳香環、含氧芳香環、含硫芳香環的任一個。具體可列舉:喹啉系殘基、苯并咪唑酮系殘基、異吲哚啉系殘基、二酮基吡咯并吡咯系殘基、偶氮系殘基、酞菁系殘基、蒽醌系殘基、喹吖啶酮系殘基、二噁嗪系 殘基、哌瑞酮系殘基、苝系殘基、硫靛系殘基、異吲哚啉酮系殘基、喹酞酮系殘基、還原系殘基、金屬錯合物系殘基等。 Dye preferably has a pigment core structure or a pigment core structure and an aromatic ring, or a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring, or an oxygen-containing aromatic ring, or a sulfur-containing aromatic ring, and the amine group is bonded to the pigment directly or through a linking group. Any of a core structure, an aromatic ring, a nitrogen-containing aromatic ring, an oxygen-containing aromatic ring, or a sulfur-containing aromatic ring. Specific examples thereof include a quinoline-based residue, a benzimidazolone-based residue, an isoporphyrin-based residue, a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based residue, an azo-based residue, a phthalocyanine-based residue, and an anthracene. Residue, quinacridone residue, dioxazine Residue, piperine residue, lanthanide residue, thioindole residue, isoindolone residue, quinacridone residue, reducing residue, metal complex residue, etc. .

Dye所表示的有機色素殘基具體可列舉銅酞菁殘基、以下的有機色素殘基等。式中,*表示與通式(I)中的X的鍵結部位。 Specific examples of the organic dye residue represented by Dye include a copper phthalocyanine residue and the following organic dye residue. In the formula, * represents a bonding site with X in the formula (I).

[化29] [化29]

[化30] [化30]

[化31] [化31]

該等中,較佳為具有苯并咪唑酮骨架的單偶氮色素。 Among these, a monoazo dye having a benzimidazolone skeleton is preferred.

X表示單鍵、-CONH-Y2-、-SO2NH-Y2-或-CH2NHCOCH2NH-Y2-,較佳為單鍵。 X represents a single bond, -CONH-Y 2 -, -SO 2 NH-Y 2 - or -CH 2 NHCOCH 2 NH-Y 2 -, preferably a single bond.

Y2表示可具有取代基的伸烷基或伸芳基。所述伸烷基較佳為碳數1~10的伸烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的伸烷基,進而佳為碳數1~3的伸烷基。具體可列舉:亞甲基、伸乙基、伸丙基、伸丁基、伸戊基、伸己基等。伸烷基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 Y 2 represents an alkylene group or an extended aryl group which may have a substituent. The alkylene group is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methylene group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, and a hexyl group. The alkylene group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be a group described in the item of the substituent.

所述伸芳基較佳為碳數6~20的伸芳基,更佳為碳數6~10的伸芳基。具體可列舉伸苯基、伸萘基、伸蒽基等。 The aryl group is preferably a aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a stretching phenyl group, a stretching naphthyl group, and a stretching group.

伸烷基及伸芳基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 The alkylene group and the extended aryl group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be a group described in the item of the substituent.

Y1表示-NH-或-O-,較佳為-NH-。 Y 1 represents -NH- or -O-, preferably -NH-.

R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,R1與R2亦可相互鍵結而形成含有氮原子的雜環。 R 1 and R 2 each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and R 1 and R 2 may be bonded to each other to form a hetero ring containing a nitrogen atom.

所述烷基較佳為碳數1~10的烷基,更佳為碳數1~6的烷基。具體可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、第三丁基、新戊基、正己基、正辛基等。烷基亦可具有取代基,取代基可列舉所述取代基的項中所述的基團。 The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Specific examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a tert-butyl group, a neopentyl group, a n-hexyl group, and an n-octyl group. The alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent may be a group described in the item of the substituent.

R1及R2較佳為表示相同的可具有取代基的烷基。 R 1 and R 2 preferably represent the same alkyl group which may have a substituent.

m表示1~6的整數,較佳為1~4,更佳為1~3。 m represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3.

n表示1~4的整數,較佳為1~3,更佳為1或2。 n represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1 or 2.

於n表示1的情形時,Z表示羥基、烷氧基、所述通式(III)所表示的基團或-NH-X-Dye(X與通式(I)中的X為相同含意),於n表示2~4的整數的情形時,Z分別表示羥基、烷氧基或所述通式(III)所表示的基團。 In the case where n represents 1, the Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, a group represented by the above formula (III) or -NH-X-Dye (X has the same meaning as X in the formula (I)) In the case where n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Z represents a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group or a group represented by the above formula (III).

於n表示1的情形時,Z較佳為所述通式(III)所表示的基團或-NH-X-Dye,更佳為所述通式(III)所表示的基團。 In the case where n represents 1, Z is preferably a group represented by the above formula (III) or -NH-X-Dye, more preferably a group represented by the above formula (III).

於n表示2~4的整數的情形時,Z較佳為所述通式(III)所表示的基團。 When n represents an integer of 2 to 4, Z is preferably a group represented by the above formula (III).

通式(III)中,Y3表示-NH-或-O-,較佳為-NH-。Y3較佳為表示與通式(I)中的Y1相同的基團。 In the formula (III), Y 3 represents -NH- or -O-, preferably -NH-. Y 3 preferably represents the same group as Y 1 in the formula (I).

通式(III)中的R1及R2分別表示可具有取代基的烷基,與通式(I)中的R1及R2為相同含意,較佳範圍亦相同。通式(III)中的R1及R2較佳為表示相同的可具有取代基的烷基。另外,通式 (III)中的R1及R2較佳為表示與通式(I)中的R1及R2相同的可具有取代基的烷基。 R 1 and R 2 in the formula (III) each represent an alkyl group which may have a substituent, and have the same meanings as R 1 and R 2 in the formula (I), and the preferred range is also the same. R 1 and R 2 in the formula (III) are preferably an alkyl group which may have the same substituent. Further, R 1 and R 2 in the formula (III) are preferably an alkyl group which may have the same substituent as R 1 and R 2 in the formula (I).

m表示1~6的整數,較佳為1~4,更佳為1~3。m較佳為表示與通式(I)中的m相同的整數。 m represents an integer of 1 to 6, preferably 1 to 4, more preferably 1 to 3. m preferably represents the same integer as m in the formula (I).

以下示出本發明中所用的鹼性色素衍生物的具體例,但本發明不限定於該些具體例。 Specific examples of the basic dye derivative used in the present invention are shown below, but the present invention is not limited to these specific examples.

[化33] [化33]

[化34] [化34]

[化36] [化36]

[化38] [化38]

[化43] [化43]

[化45] [化45]

相對於總固體成分,本發明中的(B)鹼性色素衍生物的含量較佳為0.5質量%以上、40質量%以下,更佳為1質量%以上、15質量%以下。 The content of the (B) basic dye derivative in the present invention is preferably 0.5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less, and more preferably 1% by mass or more and 15% by mass or less based on the total solid content.

另外,相對於(A)顏料100質量份,(B)鹼性色素衍生物的含量較佳為0.5質量份以上、50質量份以下,更佳為1質量份以上、25質量份以下。 In addition, the content of the (B) basic dye derivative is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, more preferably 1 part by mass or more and 25 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment.

鹼性色素衍生物於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The basic dye derivative may be contained alone or in combination of two or more kinds in the composition of the present invention. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<<(C)通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑>> <<(C) Phosphate dispersant represented by the general formula (II)>>

本發明的組成物含有(C)通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑。藉由含有所述磷酸系分散劑,分散劑強力地吸附於顏料粒子,可抑制伴隨著組成物的經時的色斑劣化。另外,於將專利文獻3及專利文獻4中記載的顏料組成物直接用於著色感光性樹脂組成物的情形時,(C)成分與其他成分的相容性差,經時的色斑稍變大, PCD後的圖案形成性非常差,但於本發明中,藉由與(D)成分併用而消除該問題。 The composition of the present invention contains (C) a phosphate-based dispersant represented by the formula (II). By containing the phosphate-based dispersant, the dispersant is strongly adsorbed to the pigment particles, and deterioration of the stain accompanying the composition over time can be suppressed. In addition, when the pigment composition described in Patent Document 3 and Patent Document 4 is used as it is for coloring a photosensitive resin composition, the compatibility of the component (C) with other components is inferior, and the color spot is slightly enlarged over time. , The pattern formation property after PCD is very poor, but in the present invention, this problem is eliminated by using it in combination with the component (D).

(通式(II)中,R3表示數量平均分子量為400~30000的聚酯結構,y表示1或2。於y為2的情形時,多個R3分別可相同亦可不同) (In the formula (II), R 3 represents a polyester structure having a number average molecular weight of 400 to 30,000, and y represents 1 or 2. When y is 2, a plurality of R 3 's may be the same or different)

R3表示數量平均分子量為400~30000的聚酯結構,於y為2的情形時,多個R3分別可相同亦可不同。所述聚酯結構的數量平均分子量更佳為1900~10000,進而佳為400~3000,尤佳為2000~3000。於小於400的情形時缺乏顏料分散能力,故無法使用。 R 3 represents a polyester structure having a number average molecular weight of 400 to 30,000, and when y is 2, a plurality of R 3 's may be the same or different. The number average molecular weight of the polyester structure is preferably from 1900 to 10,000, more preferably from 400 to 3,000, and particularly preferably from 2,000 to 3,000. In the case of less than 400, the pigment dispersibility is lacking and it cannot be used.

聚酯結構可列舉:將內酯單體開環聚合所得的聚酯基,具有苯乙烯基、丙烯醯基、氰基丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基、乙烯醚基等的聚酯結構,較佳為將內酯單體開環聚合所得的聚酯基。 The polyester structure may be a polyester structure obtained by ring-opening polymerization of a lactone monomer, and having a polyester structure such as a styryl group, an acrylonitrile group, a cyanoacryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group or a vinyl ether group. A polyester group obtained by ring-opening polymerization of a lactone monomer is preferred.

通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑可為R3為單一種類的磷酸酯,亦可使用多種包含不同R3的磷酸酯。另外,可為y=1的磷酸系分散劑單獨一種,亦可為y=1的磷酸系分散劑與y=2的磷 酸系分散劑的混合物。 The phosphate-based dispersant represented by the formula (II) may be a single type of phosphate ester of R 3 or a plurality of phosphate esters containing different R 3 . Further, the phosphate dispersant having y = 1 may be used alone or in a mixture of a phosphate dispersant of y = 1 and a phosphate dispersant of y = 2.

關於通式(II)所表示的磷酸酯,若y=1的磷酸系分散劑與y=2的磷酸系分散劑之存在比為100:0~100:30,則顏料分散性變良好而較佳。 When the phosphate ester represented by the formula (II) has a ratio of the phosphate dispersant of y=1 to the phosphate dispersant of y=2 of 100:0 to 100:30, the pigment dispersibility is improved. good.

另外,若通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑的R3為數量平均分子量為400~10000的聚酯結構,則顏料分散性變良好而較佳。更佳為400~3000。 In addition, when R 3 of the phosphate-based dispersant represented by the formula (II) is a polyester structure having a number average molecular weight of 400 to 10,000, the pigment dispersibility is improved, which is preferable. More preferably 400~3000.

進而,若通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑的R3為將兩種以上的不同的內酯單體開環聚合所得的聚酯結構,則本發明的效果變優異,非常佳。 Further, when R 3 of the phosphate-based dispersant represented by the formula (II) is a polyester structure obtained by ring-opening polymerization of two or more different lactone monomers, the effects of the present invention are excellent, and it is very preferable.

進而,通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑的R3較佳為由下述通式(11)所表示。 Further, R 3 of the phosphate-based dispersant represented by the formula (II) is preferably represented by the following formula (11).

通式(11)R12-O-R13-(O-R14)S General formula (11) R 12 -OR 13 -(OR 14 ) S

(式中,R12表示伸烷基,R13表示三元以上的多元醇結構,R14表示丙烯醯基、氰基丙烯醯基、甲基丙烯醯基,s表示2以上) (wherein R 12 represents an alkylene group, R 13 represents a trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohol structure, R 14 represents an acrylonitrile group, a cyanoacryl fluorenyl group, a methacryl fluorenyl group, and s represents 2 or more)

R12較佳為碳數8以下的伸烷基。另外,就顏料分散性的觀點而言,s較佳為2以上。於該情形時,R14亦可使用互不相同的基團。s更佳為2~5,尤佳為2。 R 12 is preferably an alkylene group having a carbon number of 8 or less. Further, from the viewpoint of pigment dispersibility, s is preferably 2 or more. In this case, R 14 may also use groups different from each other. s is better for 2~5, especially better 2.

R13所用的三元以上的多元醇可列舉:甘油、丙醇、季 戊四醇、二季戊四醇等。尤佳為三元~六元醇。 Examples of the trivalent or higher polyhydric alcohol used in R 13 include glycerin, propanol, pentaerythritol, and dipentaerythritol. Especially good is ternary to six-membered alcohol.

磷酸系分散劑的酸值較佳為10mgKOH/g~300mgKOH/g,更佳為30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/g,進而佳為40mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/g。 The acid value of the phosphate-based dispersant is preferably from 10 mgKOH/g to 300 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 30 mgKOH/g to 200 mgKOH/g, and still more preferably from 40 mgKOH/g to 150 mgKOH/g.

磷酸系分散劑的製造可利用公知的方法來製造,例如可參考日本專利特開2007-231107號公報的段落0037~段落0051的記載,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The production of the phosphate-based dispersant can be carried out by a known method. For example, the description of paragraphs 0037 to 0051 of JP-A-2007-231107 can be incorporated into the present specification.

相對於總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的磷酸系分散劑的含量較佳為1質量%~30質量%,更佳為2質量%~20質量%,進而佳為4質量%~15質量%。 The content of the phosphate-based dispersant in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 1% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably from 2% by mass to 20% by mass, and further preferably from 4% by mass to 15% by mass based on the total solid content. %.

另外,相對於(A)顏料100質量份,(C)磷酸系分散劑的含量較佳為5質量份~60質量份,更佳為9質量份~40質量份。 In addition, the content of the (C) phosphate-based dispersant is preferably from 5 parts by mass to 60 parts by mass, more preferably from 9 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment.

磷酸系分散劑於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The phosphate-based dispersant may be contained in the composition of the present invention alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

除了所述以外,亦可含有其他分散劑,亦可含有日本專利特開2013-073104號公報的0333~0338中記載的分散劑,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 In addition to the above, other dispersing agents may be contained, and the dispersing agents described in JP-A-2013-073104, No. 0333 to 0338 may be contained, and these contents are incorporated in the specification of the present application.

<<(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂>> <<(D) Resin obtained by copolymerizing a compound (x) represented by the formula (IV) with a compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond >>

本發明的組成物含有(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂(以下 亦稱為特定樹脂黏合劑)。於專利文獻1或專利文獻2中,(D)成分作為所謂分散劑而發揮作用。相對於此,於本申請案發明中,(D)成分作為增容劑而發揮作用。其理由可推測如下。即,對於本發明的(C)成分(磷酸系分散劑)而言,其聚酯殘基彼此容易凝聚.結晶,有與構成組成物的其他成分(例如(E)聚合起始劑或(F)聚合性化合物等)發生相分離而僅(C)成分凝聚、結晶的傾向。可推測,若於其中添加(D)成分,則(D)成分所含的立體上體積大的芳香環部位(通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)的-Ph-R6所表示的部分)進入至(C)成分的聚酯殘基部分中而防止聚酯殘基彼此的凝聚.結晶,結果發揮抑制(C)成分發生相分離的效果。 The composition of the present invention contains (D) a resin obtained by copolymerizing a compound (x) represented by the formula (IV) and a compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond (hereinafter also referred to as a specific resin binder). ). In Patent Document 1 or Patent Document 2, the component (D) functions as a so-called dispersant. On the other hand, in the invention of this application, the component (D) functions as a compatibilizer. The reason can be presumed as follows. That is, with respect to the component (C) of the present invention (phosphoric acid dispersant), the polyester residues thereof are easily agglomerated with each other. The crystals tend to be phase-separated from other components constituting the composition (for example, (E) a polymerization initiator or (F) a polymerizable compound), and only the component (C) tends to aggregate and crystallize. When the component (D) is added thereto, the sterically bulky aromatic ring moiety contained in the component (D) is represented by -Ph-R 6 of the compound (x) represented by the formula (IV). Partially) entering the polyester residue portion of component (C) to prevent condensation of polyester residues with each other. Crystallization results in an effect of suppressing phase separation of the component (C).

另外,於將所述專利文獻3或專利文獻4中記載的顏料組成物直接用於著色感光性樹脂組成物的情形時,如上所述,有(C)磷酸系分散劑與構成組成物的其他成分發生相分離的傾向,但於本發明中,藉由調配(D)成分而消除該問題,可有效地抑制構成組成物的各成分於塗佈後的放置(PCD)過程中發生相分離的情況。 In the case where the pigment composition described in Patent Document 3 or Patent Document 4 is directly used for coloring the photosensitive resin composition, as described above, there are (C) a phosphate-based dispersant and other constituent materials. The component tends to phase separate, but in the present invention, the problem is eliminated by blending the component (D), and the phase separation of each component constituting the composition during the post-coating (PCD) process can be effectively suppressed. Happening.

(通式(IV)中,R4表示氫原子或甲基,R5表示碳數2或3的伸烷基,R6表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1~20的烷基,n表示1~15的整數。於n為2以上的情形時,多個R5可相同亦可不同) (In the formula (IV), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 5 represents an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a benzene ring. n represents an integer from 1 to 15. When n is 2 or more, a plurality of R 5 's may be the same or different)

R6表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1~20的烷基。R6所表示的烷基為碳數為1~20的烷基,較佳為碳數1~10的烷基。R6所表示的烷基可列舉:甲基、乙基、丙基、丁基、戊基、己基、庚基、辛基、壬基、癸基等。 R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may contain a benzene ring. The alkyl group represented by R 6 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group represented by R 6 may, for example, be a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group or a fluorenyl group.

R6所表示的含有苯環的烷基可列舉:1-苯基乙基、1-苯基丙基、1-苯基丁基、1-苯基戊基、1-苯基己基、1-苯基庚基、1-苯基辛基、1-苯基壬基、1-苯基癸基、苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基等。 The benzene ring-containing alkyl group represented by R 6 may, for example, be 1-phenylethyl, 1-phenylpropyl, 1-phenylbutyl, 1-phenylpentyl, 1-phenylhexyl, 1- Phenylheptyl, 1-phenyloctyl, 1-phenylindenyl, 1-phenylindenyl, benzyl, 2-phenyl(iso)propyl, and the like.

該等中,較佳為苄基、2-苯基(異)丙基。 Among these, a benzyl group and a 2-phenyl (iso)propyl group are preferable.

化合物(x)可列舉:苯酚的環氧乙烷(Ethylene Oxide,EO)改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯、對枯基苯酚的EO或環氧丙烷(Propylene Oxide,PO)改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯、壬基苯酚的EO改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯、壬基苯酚的PO改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。該些化合物中,就充分獲得樹脂(D)的作為增容劑的功能的方面而言,尤佳為對枯基苯酚的EO或PO改質(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The compound (x) may be exemplified by an ethylene oxide (Ethylene Oxide, EO) modified (meth) acrylate of phenol, an EO of p-cumylphenol or a propylene oxide (Propylene Oxide, PO) modified (methyl). Acrylate, EO modified (meth) acrylate of nonylphenol, PO modified (meth) acrylate of nonylphenol, and the like. Among these compounds, in terms of sufficiently obtaining the function of the resin (D) as a compatibilizer, EO or PO-modified (meth) acrylate of p-cumylphenol is particularly preferable.

具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(異)丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(異)丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸(異)戊酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲 基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸酸性磷醯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸酸性磷醯氧基丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-3-氯-2-酸性磷醯氧基乙酯、酸性磷醯氧基聚乙二醇單(甲基)丙烯酸酯等。 The compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond may, for example, be (meth)acrylic acid, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, (iso)propyl (meth)acrylate, (a) (iso)butyl acrylate, (iso)pentyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth)acrylate, benzyl (meth)acrylate Ester Base) cyclohexyl acrylate, glycidyl (meth)acrylate, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, acid phosphonium oxyethyl (meth)acrylate, acid phosphonium propyl methacrylate And (meth)acrylic acid-3-chloro-2-acid phosphonium oxyethyl ester, acidic phosphoniumoxy polyethylene glycol mono(meth)acrylate, and the like.

本發明的(D)樹脂中的化合物(x)的比例為0.1質量%~50質量%,更佳為10質量%~35質量%。若化合物(x)的比例少於10質量%,則樹脂(D)的作為增容劑的效果降低,進而若少於0.1質量%,則樹脂(D)的作為增容劑的效果進一步降低,故欠佳。另外,若多於35質量%則疏水性變大,有時著色感光性樹脂組成物的顯影性降低,或導致殘渣,進而若多於50質量%則與著色感光性樹脂組成物中的其他構成成分的相容性明顯降低,有時亦引起單體或光聚合起始劑的析出。 The ratio of the compound (x) in the (D) resin of the present invention is from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 10% by mass to 35% by mass. When the ratio of the compound (x) is less than 10% by mass, the effect of the resin (D) as a compatibilizer is lowered, and if it is less than 0.1% by mass, the effect of the resin (D) as a compatibilizer is further lowered. Therefore, it is not good. In addition, when the amount is more than 35% by mass, the hydrophobicity is increased, and the developability of the colored photosensitive resin composition may be lowered or the residue may be formed. Further, if it is more than 50% by mass, the composition of the colored photosensitive resin composition may be different. The compatibility of the components is remarkably lowered, sometimes causing precipitation of a monomer or a photopolymerization initiator.

本發明的(D)樹脂(共聚物)的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為5000~100000,更佳為10000~50000。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (D) resin (copolymer) of the present invention is preferably from 5,000 to 100,000, more preferably from 10,000 to 50,000.

另外,為了使單體或樹脂彼此反應而提高著色感光性樹脂組成物的感度,可於本發明的(D)樹脂(共聚物)的側鏈上導入乙烯性雙鍵。具體而言,於樹脂具有羥基等反應性官能基的情形時,藉由使(甲基)丙烯酸縮水甘油酯、2-(甲基)丙烯醯氧基異氰酸酯等具有與所述反應性官能基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和基的化合物反應,而於側鏈上導入乙烯性雙鍵。 In addition, in order to increase the sensitivity of the coloring photosensitive resin composition by reacting a monomer or a resin, an ethylenic double bond can be introduced into the side chain of the (D) resin (copolymer) of the present invention. Specifically, when the resin has a reactive functional group such as a hydroxyl group, the glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-(meth)acryloxylated isocyanate or the like has a reaction with the reactive functional group. The functional group and the ethylenically unsaturated group are reacted, and an ethylenic double bond is introduced into the side chain.

(D)樹脂的製造可利用公知的方法來製造,例如可參考日本專利特開2004-101728號公報的段落0041~段落0045的記 載,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 (D) The production of the resin can be produced by a known method. For example, reference can be made to paragraphs 0041 to 0045 of JP-A-2004-101728. The contents are incorporated into this specification.

相對於總固體成分,本發明的組成物的(D)樹脂的含量較佳為1質量%~50質量%,更佳為3質量%~40質量%,進而佳為5質量%~30質量%。 The content of the (D) resin of the composition of the present invention is preferably from 1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 3% by mass to 40% by mass, even more preferably from 5% by mass to 30% by mass based on the total solid content. .

另外,相對於(A)顏料100質量份,(D)樹脂的含量較佳為5質量份~80質量份,更佳為10質量份~70質量份。藉由相對於(A)顏料100質量份將(D)樹脂的含量設定為5質量份~80質量份,(D)樹脂作為增容劑有效地發揮功能而非作為分散劑發揮功能,本發明的效果變優異。 Further, the content of the (D) resin is preferably from 5 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass, more preferably from 10 parts by mass to 70 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment. The content of the (D) resin is set to 5 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment, and the (D) resin functions effectively as a compatibilizer instead of functioning as a dispersing agent, and the present invention The effect is excellent.

(D)樹脂於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 (D) The resin may be contained in the composition of the present invention alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

<(E)光聚合起始劑> <(E) Photopolymerization initiator>

就進一步提高感度的觀點而言,本發明的組成物含有光聚合起始劑。 The composition of the present invention contains a photopolymerization initiator in terms of further improving the sensitivity.

所述光聚合起始劑只要具有引發後述聚合性化合物的聚合的能力,則並無特別限制,可自公知的光聚合起始劑中適當選擇。例如較佳為對紫外線範圍至可見光線具有感光性者。另外,亦可為與經光激發的增感劑發生某些作用而生成活性自由基的活性劑,亦可為根據單體的種類而引發陽離子聚合般的起始劑。 The photopolymerization initiator is not particularly limited as long as it has the ability to initiate polymerization of a polymerizable compound described later, and can be appropriately selected from known photopolymerization initiators. For example, it is preferred to have a sensitivity to ultraviolet light to visible light. Further, it may be an active agent which generates a living radical by some action with a photo-excited sensitizer, or may be an initiator which initiates cationic polymerization depending on the kind of the monomer.

另外,所述光聚合起始劑較佳為含有至少一種於約300nm~800nm(更佳為330nm~500nm)的範圍內具有至少約50的分子吸光係數的化合物。 Further, the photopolymerization initiator preferably contains at least one compound having a molecular absorption coefficient of at least about 50 in the range of about 300 nm to 800 nm, more preferably 330 nm to 500 nm.

所述光聚合起始劑例如可列舉:鹵化烴衍生物(例如具有三嗪骨架者、具有噁二唑骨架者等)、氧化醯基膦(acyl phosphine oxide)等醯基膦化合物、六芳基聯咪唑、肟衍生物等肟化合物、有機過氧化物、硫化合物、酮化合物、芳香族鎓鹽、酮肟醚、胺基苯乙酮化合物、羥基苯乙酮等。 Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include a halogenated hydrocarbon derivative (for example, a triazine skeleton, a oxadiazole skeleton, etc.), a decylphosphine oxide such as acyl phosphine oxide, or a hexaaryl group. An anthracene compound such as a biimidazole or an anthracene derivative, an organic peroxide, a sulfur compound, a ketone compound, an aromatic onium salt, a ketoxime ether, an aminoacetophenone compound, or a hydroxyacetophenone.

另外,就曝光感度的觀點而言,較佳為選自由三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物、苯偶醯二甲基縮酮化合物、α-羥基酮化合物、α-胺基酮化合物、醯基膦化合物、氧化膦化合物、茂金屬化合物、肟化合物、三芳基咪唑二聚物、鎓化合物、苯并噻唑化合物、二苯甲酮化合物、苯乙酮化合物及其衍生物、環戊二烯-苯-鐵錯合物及其鹽、鹵代甲基噁二唑化合物、3-芳基取代香豆素化合物所組成的組群中的化合物。 Further, from the viewpoint of exposure sensitivity, it is preferably selected from the group consisting of a trihalomethyltriazine compound, a benzoin dimethyl ketal compound, an α-hydroxyketone compound, an α-amino ketone compound, and a mercaptophosphine. Compound, phosphine oxide compound, metallocene compound, hydrazine compound, triaryl imidazole dimer, hydrazine compound, benzothiazole compound, benzophenone compound, acetophenone compound and derivative thereof, cyclopentadiene-benzene- A compound of the group consisting of an iron complex and a salt thereof, a halogenated methyl oxadiazole compound, and a 3-aryl-substituted coumarin compound.

三鹵代甲基三嗪化合物亦可使用市售品,例如亦可使用TAZ-107(綠(midori)化學公司製造)。 A commercially available product can also be used as the trihalomethyltriazine compound, and for example, TAZ-107 (manufactured by Midori Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used.

尤其於將本發明的組成物用於製作固體攝像元件所具備的彩色濾光片的情形時,必須以尖銳(sharp)的形狀形成微細的圖案,因此重要的是硬化性與於未曝光部中無殘渣地進行顯影。就此種觀點而言,光聚合起始劑尤佳為使用肟化合物。尤其於固體攝像元件中形成微細圖案的情形時,於硬化用曝光時使用步進式曝光,但有時該曝光機因鹵素而受到損傷,亦必須將光聚合起始劑的添加量抑制得低,故若考慮到該些方面,則尤佳為於形成如固體攝像元件般的微細圖案時,使用肟化合物作為(E)光聚合起始 劑。 In particular, when the composition of the present invention is used for producing a color filter provided in a solid-state image sensor, it is necessary to form a fine pattern in a sharp shape. Therefore, it is important that the hardenability is in the unexposed portion. Development was carried out without residue. From this point of view, a photopolymerization initiator is particularly preferably a ruthenium compound. In particular, when a fine pattern is formed in a solid-state image sensor, stepwise exposure is used for exposure for curing, but the exposure machine may be damaged by halogen, and it is necessary to suppress the addition amount of the photopolymerization initiator to be low. Therefore, in consideration of these aspects, it is particularly preferable to use a ruthenium compound as the (E) photopolymerization initiation when forming a fine pattern such as a solid-state image sensor. Agent.

所述具有三嗪骨架的鹵化烴衍生物、所述酮化合物及所述以外的光聚合起始劑可參照日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落0074~段落0077中記載的化合物,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The halogenated hydrocarbon derivative having a triazine skeleton, the ketone compound, and the photopolymerization initiator other than the above can be referred to the compound described in paragraphs 0074 to 0077 of JP-A-2013-077009. The content is incorporated into this specification.

光聚合起始劑亦可較佳地使用羥基苯乙酮化合物、胺基苯乙酮化合物及醯基膦化合物。更具體而言,例如亦可使用日本專利特開平10-291969號公報中記載的胺基苯乙酮系起始劑、日本專利第4225898號公報中記載的氧化醯基膦系起始劑。 As the photopolymerization initiator, a hydroxyacetophenone compound, an aminoacetophenone compound, and a mercaptophosphine compound can also be preferably used. More specifically, for example, an amino acetophenone-based initiator as described in JP-A-10-291969 and a cerium oxide-based phosphine-based initiator described in Japanese Patent No. 4,258,899 can be used.

羥基苯乙酮系起始劑可使用:豔佳固(IRGACURE)-184、達羅卡(DAROCUR)-1173、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-500、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-2959、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-127(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑可使用:作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-907、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-369及豔佳固(IRGACURE)-379、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE379(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。胺基苯乙酮系起始劑亦可使用吸收波長與365nm或405nm等長波光源匹配(matching)的日本專利特開2009-191179公報中記載的化合物。另外,醯基膦系起始劑亦可使用作為市售品的豔佳固(IRGACURE)-819或達羅卡(DAROCUR)-TPO(商品名:均為巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)。 The hydroxyacetophenone-based initiator can be used: IRGACURE-184, DAROCUR-1173, IRGACURE-500, IRGACURE-2959, Yanjiagu (IRGACURE)-127 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF). Amino acetophenone-based initiators can be used: IRGACURE-907, IRGACURE-369 and IRGACURE-379, IRGACURE, which are commercially available products. - OXE379 (trade name: all manufactured by BASF). The amine acetophenone-based initiator may also be a compound described in JP-A-2009-191179, which has an absorption wavelength matched to a long-wavelength light source such as 365 nm or 405 nm. Further, as the mercaptophosphine-based initiator, IRGACURE-819 or DAROCUR-TPO (trade name: all manufactured by BASF) can be used as a commercial product.

光聚合起始劑更佳可列舉肟化合物。肟化合物的具體例 可使用日本專利特開2001-233842號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2000-80068號公報中記載的化合物、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報中記載的化合物。另外,肟化合物可列舉:「英國化學會志(Journal of the Chemical Society,J.C.S.)普爾金會刊(Perkin)II」(1979年)pp.1653-1660、「英國化學會志(Journal of the Chemical Society,J.C.S.)普爾金會刊(Perkin)II」(1979年)pp.156-162、「光聚合物科學與技術期刊(Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology)」(1995年)pp.202-232、日本專利特開2000-66385號公報中記載的化合物,日本專利特開2000-80068號公報、日本專利特表2004-534797號公報、日本專利特開2006-342166號公報的各公報中記載的化合物等。 More preferably, the photopolymerization initiator is a ruthenium compound. Specific examples of bismuth compounds A compound described in JP-A-2001-233842, a compound described in JP-A-2000-80068, and a compound described in JP-A-2006-342166 can be used. In addition, examples of ruthenium compounds include: "Journal of the Chemical Society (JCS) Perkin II (1979) pp. 1653-1660, "Journal of the Chemical Society, JCS) Perkin II (1979) pp. 156-162, Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995) pp. 202-232, The compound described in each of the publications of JP-A-2000-66385, JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2004-534797, and JP-A-2006-342166 Wait.

市售品亦可較佳地使用豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE01(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、豔佳固(IRGACURE)-OXE02(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造)、TR-PBG-304(常州強力新材料有限公司製造)。 Commercially available products are also preferably used in IRGACURE-OXE01 (BASF), IRGACURE-OXE02 (BASF), TR-PBG-304 (Changzhou) Made by Powerful New Materials Co., Ltd.).

可較佳地用作本發明的光聚合起始劑的肟衍生物等肟化合物可參照日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落0080~段落0116中記載的化合物,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The ruthenium compound such as an anthracene derivative which can be preferably used as the photopolymerization initiator of the present invention can be referred to the compound described in paragraph 0080 to paragraph 0116 of JP-A-2013-077009, the contents of which are incorporated herein. In the manual.

肟化合物於350nm~500nm的波長範圍內具有最大吸收波長,較佳為於360nm~480nm的波長範圍內具有吸收波長,尤佳為365nm及455nm的吸光度高。 The ruthenium compound has a maximum absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 350 nm to 500 nm, preferably has an absorption wavelength in a wavelength range of 360 nm to 480 nm, and particularly preferably has a high absorbance at 365 nm and 455 nm.

就感度的觀點而言,肟化合物的365nm或405nm下的 莫耳吸光係數較佳為1,000~300,000,更佳為2,000~300,000,尤佳為5,000~200,000。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the cerium compound is at 365 nm or 405 nm. The molar absorption coefficient is preferably from 1,000 to 300,000, more preferably from 2,000 to 300,000, and particularly preferably from 5,000 to 200,000.

化合物的莫耳吸光係數可使用公知的方法來測定,具體而言,例如較佳為使用紫外可見分光光度計(瓦里安(Varian)公司製造的卡里-5(Carry-5)分光光度計(spectrophotometer)),使用乙酸乙酯溶劑以0.01g/L的濃度進行測定。 The molar absorption coefficient of the compound can be determined by a known method. Specifically, for example, an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (Carry-5) spectrophotometer manufactured by Varian Co., Ltd. is preferably used. (spectrophotometer)) was measured at a concentration of 0.01 g/L using an ethyl acetate solvent.

本發明中所用的光聚合起始劑視需要亦可組合使用兩種以上。 The photopolymerization initiator used in the present invention may be used in combination of two or more kinds as needed.

於本發明的組成物中含有(E)光聚合起始劑的情形時,相對於組成物的總固體成分,(E)光聚合起始劑的含量較佳為0.1質量%以上、50質量%以下,更佳為0.5質量%以上、30質量%以下,進而佳為1質量%以上、20質量%以下。於該範圍內可獲得更良好的感度及圖案形成性。 When the (E) photopolymerization initiator is contained in the composition of the present invention, the content of the (E) photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1% by mass or more and 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. In the following, it is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less, and still more preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less. Better sensitivity and pattern formation can be obtained within this range.

<<(F)聚合性化合物>> <<(F) Polymeric Compound>>

本發明的組成物含有(F)聚合性化合物。本發明中,可使用藉由自由基、酸、熱而可進行交聯的公知的聚合性化合物,例如可列舉含有乙烯性不飽和鍵、環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷)、羥甲基等的聚合性化合物。就感度的觀點而言,(F)聚合性化合物是較佳地選自具有至少1個、較佳為2個以上的末端乙烯性不飽和鍵的化合物中。其中,較佳為4官能以上的多官能聚合性化合物,進而佳為5官能以上的多官能聚合性化合物。 The composition of the present invention contains (F) a polymerizable compound. In the present invention, a known polymerizable compound which can be crosslinked by a radical, an acid or a heat can be used, and examples thereof include an ethylenically unsaturated bond and a cyclic ether (epoxy or oxetane). A polymerizable compound such as a methylol group. From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the (F) polymerizable compound is preferably selected from compounds having at least one, preferably two or more terminal ethylenically unsaturated bonds. Among them, a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having four or more functional groups is preferable, and a polyfunctional polymerizable compound having five or more functional groups is more preferable.

此種化合物組群於本產業領域中廣為人知,本發明中可 無特別限定地使用該些化合物。該些例如可為以下化學形態的任一種:單體,預聚物即二聚物、三聚物及寡聚物或該等的混合物以及該等的寡聚物等。本發明的聚合性化合物可單獨使用一種,亦可併用兩種以上。 Such a compound group is widely known in the industry, and can be used in the present invention. These compounds are used without particular limitation. These may be, for example, any of the following chemical forms: a monomer, a prepolymer, that is, a dimer, a trimer, and an oligomer, or a mixture thereof, and the like. The polymerizable compounds of the present invention may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

更具體而言,單體及其預聚物的例子可列舉:不飽和羧酸(例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、衣康酸、丁烯酸、異丁烯酸、馬來酸等)或其酯類、醯胺類、以及該等的多聚物,較佳為不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元醇化合物的酯、及不飽和羧酸與脂肪族多元胺化合物的醯胺類、以及該等的多聚物。另外,亦可較佳地使用以下反應物:具有羥基或胺基、巰基等親核性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能異氰酸酯類或環氧類的加成反應物,或者與單官能或多官能的羧酸的脫水縮合反應物等。另外,以下反應物亦較佳:具有異氰酸酯基或環氧基等親電子性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的加成反應物,進而具有鹵素基或甲苯磺醯氧基等脫離性取代基的不飽和羧酸酯或醯胺類與單官能或多官能的醇類、胺類、硫醇類的取代反應物。另外,作為其他例,亦可使用代替所述不飽和羧酸而替換成不飽和膦酸、苯乙烯等乙烯基苯衍生物、乙烯醚、烯丙醚等而成的化合物組群。 More specifically, examples of the monomer and the prepolymer thereof include unsaturated carboxylic acids (for example, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, methacrylic acid, maleic acid, etc.) or esters thereof. The guanamines and the polymers thereof are preferably esters of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyol compound, and guanamines of an unsaturated carboxylic acid and an aliphatic polyamine compound, and the like. Things. Further, it is also preferred to use the following reactants: an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester having a nucleophilic substituent such as a hydroxyl group, an amine group or a fluorenyl group, or an addition of a monofunctional or polyfunctional isocyanate or epoxy group. a reactant, or a dehydration condensation reaction with a monofunctional or polyfunctional carboxylic acid, or the like. Further, the following reactants are also preferred: an unsaturated carboxylic acid ester or a guanamine having an electrophilic substituent such as an isocyanate group or an epoxy group, and a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. The reactants further include a substituted carboxylic acid ester of a detachable substituent such as a halogen group or a tosyloxy group, or a substituted reactant of a monofunctional or polyfunctional alcohol, an amine or a thiol. Further, as another example, a compound group of a vinylbenzene derivative such as an unsaturated phosphonic acid or styrene, a vinyl ether or an allyl ether may be used instead of the unsaturated carboxylic acid.

作為該等的具體化合物,亦可將日本專利特開2009-288705號公報的段落編號[0095]~段落編號[0108]中記載的化合物較佳地用於本發明中。 As the specific compound, the compound described in Paragraph No. [0095] to Paragraph No. [0108] of JP-A-2009-288705 is preferably used in the present invention.

另外,所述聚合性化合物亦較佳為具有至少一個可進行加成聚合的乙烯基、且於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點的具有乙烯性不飽和基的化合物。其例子可參考日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落0124中記載的化合物,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 Further, the polymerizable compound is also preferably a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group having at least one vinyl group capable of undergoing addition polymerization and having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher at normal pressure. For the examples, the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of JP-A-2013-077009, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

另外,於常壓下具有100℃以上的沸點、且具有至少一個可進行加成聚合的乙烯性不飽和基的化合物亦較佳為日本專利特開2008-292970號公報的段落編號[0254]~段落編號[0257]中記載的化合物。 Further, a compound having a boiling point of 100 ° C or higher and having at least one ethylenically unsaturated group capable of undergoing addition polymerization under normal pressure is also preferably a paragraph number [0254] of JP-A-2008-292970. The compound described in paragraph No. [0257].

除了所述以外,可參考日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落0126~段落0129中記載的通式(MO-1)~通式(MO-5)所表示的自由基聚合性單體,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 In addition to the above, the radical polymerizable monomer represented by the general formula (MO-1) to the general formula (MO-5) described in paragraphs 0126 to 0129 of JP-A-2013-077009, The contents thereof are incorporated in this specification.

另外,以下化合物亦可用作所述聚合性化合物:於日本專利特開平10-62986號公報中作為通式(1)及通式(2)而與其具體例一併記載的於所述多官能醇上加成環氧乙烷或環氧丙烷後加以(甲基)丙烯酸酯化而成的化合物。 In addition, the following compounds can also be used as the above-mentioned polyfunctional compound as described in the general formula (1) and the general formula (2) in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 10-62986. A compound obtained by adding (meth)acrylic acid to ethylene after adding ethylene oxide or propylene oxide.

其中,所述聚合性化合物較佳為二季戊四醇三丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-330;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇四丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-320;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇五(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)D-310;日本化藥股份有限公司製造)、二季戊四醇六(甲基)丙烯酸酯(市售品為卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA;日本化藥股份有限公司製造,A-DPH-12E; 新中村化學公司製造)、以及該等的(甲基)丙烯醯基介隔乙二醇殘基、丙二醇殘基的結構。亦可使用該等的寡聚物類型。以下示出較佳的所述聚合性化合物的態樣。 Among them, the polymerizable compound is preferably dipentaerythritol triacrylate (commercially available as KAYARAD D-330; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) and dipentaerythritol tetraacrylate (commercially available product) KAYARAD D-320; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD D-310; Nippon Chemical Co., Ltd. Made by the company), dipentaerythritol hexa(meth) acrylate (commercial product is KAYARAD DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., A-DPH-12E; The structure of the (Methylene) propylene sulfhydryl group interspersed with ethylene glycol residues and propylene glycol residues, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.). These types of oligomers can also be used. The preferred aspect of the polymerizable compound is shown below.

所述聚合性化合物亦可為多官能單體,且亦可具有羧基、磺酸基、磷酸基等酸基。乙烯性化合物只要如上文所述為混合物的情形般具有未反應的羧基,則可直接利用,視需要亦可使非芳香族羧酸酐與所述乙烯性化合物的羥基反應而導入酸基。於該情形時,所使用的非芳香族羧酸酐的具體例可列舉:四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、烷基化六氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐。 The polymerizable compound may be a polyfunctional monomer, and may have an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group or a phosphoric acid group. When the ethylenic compound has an unreacted carboxyl group as in the case of the mixture as described above, it can be used as it is, and if necessary, a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride can be reacted with a hydroxyl group of the ethylenic compound to introduce an acid group. In this case, specific examples of the non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride to be used include tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, alkylated tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and alkylated six. Hydrogen phthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, maleic anhydride.

於本發明中,具有酸基的單體為脂肪族多羥基化合物與不飽和羧酸的酯,較佳為使非芳香族羧酸酐與脂肪族多羥基化合物的未反應的羥基反應而具有酸基的多官能單體,尤佳為於其酯中脂肪族多羥基化合物為季戊四醇及/或二季戊四醇者。市售品例如可列舉東亞合成股份有限公司製造的作為多元酸改質丙烯酸寡聚物的M-510、M-520等。 In the present invention, the monomer having an acid group is an ester of an aliphatic polyhydroxy compound and an unsaturated carboxylic acid, and preferably has a non-aromatic carboxylic anhydride reacting with an unreacted hydroxyl group of the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound to have an acid group. The polyfunctional monomer is particularly preferably those in which the aliphatic polyhydroxy compound is pentaerythritol and/or dipentaerythritol. Commercially available products include M-510 and M-520 which are polybasic acid-modified acrylic oligomers manufactured by East Asia Synthetic Co., Ltd., for example.

該些單體可單獨使用一種,但於製造方面而言,難以使用單一的化合物,故亦可混合使用兩種以上。另外,視需要亦可併用不具有酸基的多官能單體與具有酸基的多官能單體作為單體。 These monomers may be used singly, but it is difficult to use a single compound in terms of production, and it is also possible to use two or more kinds in combination. Further, a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group and a polyfunctional monomer having an acid group may be used in combination as a monomer, as needed.

具有酸基的多官能單體的較佳酸值為0.1mgKOH/g~40mgKOH/g,尤佳為5mgKOH/g~30mgKOH/g。若多官能單體的酸 值過低,則顯影溶解特性降低,若過高則製造或操作變困難而光聚合性能降低,畫素的表面平滑性等硬化性變差。因此,於併用兩種以上的酸基不同的多官能單體的情形、或併用不具有酸基的多官能單體的情形時,較佳為以總體的多官能單體的酸基在所述範圍內的方式調整。 The preferred acid value of the polyfunctional monomer having an acid group is from 0.1 mgKOH/g to 40 mgKOH/g, particularly preferably from 5 mgKOH/g to 30 mgKOH/g. If the polyfunctional monomer is acid When the value is too low, the development and dissolution characteristics are lowered. If the value is too high, the production or handling becomes difficult, and the photopolymerization performance is lowered, and the curability such as surface smoothness of the pixel is deteriorated. Therefore, in the case where two or more kinds of polyfunctional monomers having different acid groups are used in combination, or when a polyfunctional monomer having no acid group is used in combination, it is preferred that the acid group of the entire polyfunctional monomer is in the The way the range is adjusted.

另外,含有具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體作為聚合性單體亦為較佳態樣。 Further, a polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure is also preferred as a polymerizable monomer.

具有己內酯結構的多官能性單體只要於其分子內具有己內酯結構,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯,該ε-己內酯改質多官能(甲基)丙烯酸酯是藉由將三羥甲基乙烷、二-三羥甲基乙烷、三羥甲基丙烷、二-三羥甲基丙烷、季戊四醇、二季戊四醇、三季戊四醇、甘油、二甘油、三羥甲基三聚氰胺等多元醇與(甲基)丙烯酸及ε-己內酯加以酯化而獲得。其中,可參考日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落0135~段落0153中記載的化合物,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The polyfunctional monomer having a caprolactone structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a caprolactone structure in its molecule, and examples thereof include ε-caprolactone-modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate, and ε- Caprolactone modified polyfunctional (meth) acrylate by trimethylolethane, di-trimethylolethane, trimethylolpropane, di-trimethylolpropane, pentaerythritol, two Polyols such as pentaerythritol, tripentaerythritol, glycerin, diglycerin, and trimethylol melamine are obtained by esterification with (meth)acrylic acid and ε-caprolactone. Among them, the compounds described in paragraphs 0135 to 0153 of JP-A-2013-077009 can be referred to in the present specification.

此種所述聚合性化合物的市售品例如可列舉:沙多瑪(Sartomer)公司製造的具有4個伸乙氧基鏈的四官能丙烯酸酯SR-494,日本化藥股份有限公司製造的具有6個伸戊氧基鏈的六官能丙烯酸酯DPCA-60、具有3個伸異丁氧基鏈的三官能丙烯酸酯TPA-330等。 A commercially available product of such a polymerizable compound is, for example, a tetrafunctional acrylate SR-494 having four ethylene oxide chains manufactured by Sartomer Co., Ltd., which is manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd. Six pentyloxylated hexafunctional acrylates DPCA-60, three trifunctional acrylates TPA-330 having an extended isobutoxy chain, and the like.

另外,所述聚合性化合物亦較佳為日本專利特公昭48-41708號公報、日本專利特開昭51-37193號公報、日本專利特 公平2-32293號公報、日本專利特公平2-16765號公報中記載般的丙烯酸胺基甲酸酯類,或日本專利特公昭58-49860號公報、日本專利特公昭56-17654號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39417號公報、日本專利特公昭62-39418號公報記載的具有環氧乙烷系骨架的胺基甲酸酯化合物類。進而,藉由使用日本專利特開昭63-277653號公報、日本專利特開昭63-260909號公報、日本專利特開平1-105238號公報中記載的分子內具有胺基結構或硫醚結構的加成聚合性化合物類作為所述聚合性化合物,可獲得感光速度非常優異的硬化性組成物。 Further, the polymerizable compound is also preferably a Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 48-41708, a Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 51-37193, and a Japanese Patent. Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho. A urethane-based compound having an ethylene oxide-based skeleton described in Japanese Patent Publication No. Sho 62-39417. In addition, the intramolecular structure having an amine structure or a thioether structure as described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. As the polymerizable compound, an addition polymerizable compound can obtain a curable composition having a very excellent photospeed.

所述聚合性化合物的市售品可列舉:胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAS-10、胺基甲酸酯寡聚物UAB-140(山陽國策紙漿公司製造),「UA-7200」(新中村化學公司製造),DPHA-40H(日本化藥公司製造),UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600(共榮社製造),三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯(市售品為A-TMPT;新中村化學公司製造)等。 Commercial products of the polymerizable compound include urethane oligomer UAS-10, urethane oligomer UAB-140 (manufactured by Shanyang Guoce Pulp Co., Ltd.), and "UA-7200" (new Made by Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600 (manufactured by Kyoeisha), Trihydroxyl Propane triacrylate (commercially available as A-TMPT; manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.).

關於環狀醚(環氧、氧雜環丁烷),例如作為具有環氧基者,雙酚A型環氧樹脂為JER-827、JER-828、JER-834、JER-1001、JER-1002、JER-1003、JER-1055、JER-1007、JER-1009、JER-1010(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)860、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1050、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1051、艾比克隆(EPICLON)1055(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等;雙酚F型環氧樹脂為JER-806、JER-807、JER-4004、JER-4005、 JER-4007、JER-4010(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)830、艾比克隆(EPICLON)835(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),LCE-21、RE-602S(以上為日本化藥(股)製造)等;苯酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為JER-152、JER-154、JER-157S70、JER-157S65(以上為日本環氧樹脂(股)製造),艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-740、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-770、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-775(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造)等;甲酚酚醛清漆型環氧樹脂為艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-660、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-665、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-670、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-673、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-680、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-690、艾比克隆(EPICLON)N-695(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),EOCN-1020(以上為日本化藥(股)製造);脂肪族環氧樹脂可列舉:艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4080S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4085S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4088S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),賽羅西德(Celloxide)2021P、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2081、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2083、賽羅西德(Celloxide)2085、EHPE-3150(2,2-雙(羥基甲基)-1-丁醇的1,2-環氧-4-(2-氧雜環丙基)環己烷加成物)、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 3600、艾波利得(EPOLEAD)PB 4700(以上為大賽璐(Daicel)化學工業(股)製造),代那考爾(Denacol)EX-211L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-212L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-214L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-216L、代那考 爾(Denacol)EX-321L、代那考爾(Denacol)EX-850L(以上為長瀨化成(Nagase Chemtex)(股)製造),艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4000S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4003S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4010S、艾迪科樹脂(ADEKA RESIN)EP-4011S(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),NC-2000、NC-3000、NC-7300、XD-1000、EPPN-501、EPPN-502(以上為艾迪科(ADEKA)(股)製造),JER-1031S(日本環氧樹脂(股)製造)等。此種聚合性化合物適於利用乾蝕刻法來形成圖案的情形。 Regarding a cyclic ether (epoxy or oxetane), for example, as an epoxy group, the bisphenol A type epoxy resin is JER-827, JER-828, JER-834, JER-1001, JER-1002. , JER-1003, JER-1055, JER-1007, JER-1009, JER-1010 (above is made by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Epiclon 860, Epiclon 1050, Ai Epiclon 1051, Epiclon 1055 (above is manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.); bisphenol F epoxy resin is JER-806, JER-807, JER-4004, JER -4005, JER-4007, JER-4010 (above is made by Japan Epoxy Resin Co., Ltd.), Abilon (EPICLON) 830, Epiclon 835 (above is manufactured by Di Aisheng (DIC) Co., Ltd.), LCE -21, RE-602S (above is manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.); phenol novolac type epoxy resin is JER-152, JER-154, JER-157S70, JER-157S65 (above is Japanese epoxy resin ( () manufacturing), Abilon (EPICLON) N-740, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-770, Epiclon (EPICLON) N-775 (above produced by Di Aisheng (DIC) (share)); The phenol novolac type epoxy resin is EPICLON N-660, EPICLON N-665, EPICLON N-670, EPICLON N-673, Abby Cloning (EPICLON) N-680, EPICLON N-690, EPICLON N-695 (above), EOCN-1020 (above is Japanese chemical) (manufacturing); aliphatic epoxy resin can be listed as: ADEKA RESIN EP-4080S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4085S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4088S ( The above is made by ADEKA (shares), Celloxide 2021P, competition Celloxide 2081, Celloxide 2083, Celloxide 2085, EHPE-3150 (1,2-ring of 2,2-bis(hydroxymethyl)-1-butanol Oxy-4-(2-oxopropyl)cyclohexane adduct), EPOLEAD PB 3600, EPOLEAD PB 4700 (above is Daicel Chemical Industry) ))), Denacol EX-211L, Denacol EX-212L, Denacol EX-214L, Denacol EX-216L, Dina test Denacol EX-321L, Denacol EX-850L (above manufactured by Nagase Chemtex), ADEKA RESIN EP-4000S, Adico resin (ADEKA RESIN) EP-4003S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4010S, ADEKA RESIN EP-4011S (above ADEKA), NC-2000, NC-3000, NC-7300, XD-1000, EPPN-501, EPPN-502 (above, manufactured by ADEKA), JER-1031S (manufactured by Nippon Epoxy Co., Ltd.), and the like. Such a polymerizable compound is suitable for the case where a pattern is formed by dry etching.

關於該些聚合性化合物,其結構、單獨使用或併用、添加量等使用方法的詳細情況可根據著色感光性樹脂組成物的最終的性能設計來任意設定。例如就感度的觀點而言,較佳為每一分子的不飽和基含量多的結構,多的情況下較佳為二官能以上。另外,就提高由著色感光性樹脂組成物所形成的硬化膜的強度的觀點而言,以三官能以上者為宜,進而,藉由併用官能基數不同.聚合性基不同者(例如丙烯酸酯、甲基丙烯酸酯、苯乙烯系化合物、乙烯醚系化合物)來調節感度與強度兩者的方法亦有效。進而,併用三官能以上且環氧乙烷鏈長不同的聚合性化合物就以下方面而言較佳:可調節著色感光性樹脂組成物的顯影性,可獲得優異的圖案形成能力。 The details of the use of the polymerizable compound, such as the structure, the use alone or in combination, and the amount of addition, can be arbitrarily set depending on the final performance design of the colored photosensitive resin composition. For example, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferred that the structure has a large content of unsaturated groups per molecule, and in many cases, it is preferably a difunctional or higher. In addition, from the viewpoint of improving the strength of the cured film formed of the colored photosensitive resin composition, it is preferable to use a trifunctional or higher functional group, and further, the number of functional groups is different. A method of adjusting both sensitivity and strength by using a polymerizable group (for example, an acrylate, a methacrylate, a styrene compound, or a vinyl ether compound) is also effective. Further, it is preferable to use a polymerizable compound having a trifunctional or higher functional group and a different ethylene oxide chain length in order to adjust the developability of the colored photosensitive resin composition, and to obtain excellent pattern forming ability.

另外,對於與著色感光性樹脂組成物所含有的其他成分(例如光聚合起始劑、被分散體、鹼可溶性樹脂等)的相容性、分散 性,聚合性化合物的選擇.使用法亦為重要的因素,例如有時可藉由使用低純度化合物或併用兩種以上來提高相容性。另外,就提高與支持體等的硬質表面的密接性的觀點而言,有時亦可選擇特定的結構。 In addition, compatibility and dispersion with other components (for example, a photopolymerization initiator, a dispersion, an alkali-soluble resin, and the like) contained in the colored photosensitive resin composition Selective, polymeric compounds. The use method is also an important factor. For example, it is sometimes possible to improve the compatibility by using a low-purity compound or a combination of two or more. Further, from the viewpoint of improving the adhesion to the hard surface of the support or the like, a specific structure may be selected.

相對於著色感光性樹脂組成物中的總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的(F)聚合性化合物的含量較佳為0.1質量%~90質量%,進而佳為1.0質量%~50質量%,尤佳為2.0質量%~30質量%。 The content of the (F) polymerizable compound in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 90% by mass, and more preferably from 1.0% by mass to 50% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring photosensitive resin composition. More preferably, it is 2.0% by mass to 30% by mass.

<<其他成分>> <<Other ingredients>>

本發明的組成物除了所述各成分以外,亦可於不損及本發明的效果的範圍內,更含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂、有機溶劑、交聯劑等其他成分。 In addition to the above-described respective components, the composition of the present invention may further contain (G) a resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain, an organic solvent, a crosslinking agent, etc., insofar as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. ingredient.

-(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂- - (G) a resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain -

本發明中,進而視需要亦可含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂(以下亦稱為「(G)樹脂」)。藉由更含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂,可使本發明的組成物更有效地硬化。聚合性雙鍵較佳為(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 In the present invention, a resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain (G) (hereinafter also referred to as "(G) resin") may be further contained. The composition of the present invention can be more effectively cured by further containing a resin having a polymerizable double bond in the (G) side chain. The polymerizable double bond is preferably a (meth) acrylate.

(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂只要於側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵,則並無特別限制,較佳為使具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(b)、與具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)與其他聚合性單體(q)的共聚物(a)反應而成的樹脂。 (G) The resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain is not particularly limited as long as it has a polymerizable double bond in the side chain, and it is preferred to have a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. A compound (b) and a resin obtained by reacting a polymerizable monomer (p) having two to six hydroxyl groups with a copolymer (a) of another polymerizable monomer (q).

構成(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂的具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)為具有2個以上且6個以下的羥基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物,例如可使用下述通式(1)所表示的單體。 The polymerizable monomer (p) having two to six hydroxyl groups in the resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain of (G) is a compound having two or more and six or less hydroxyl groups and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. For example, a monomer represented by the following formula (1) can be used.

(式中,R1及R4分別表示氫原子、碳數1~5的可經取代的烷基,R2表示碳數1~4的伸烷基,R3表示碳數1~4的伸烷基或單鍵,n表示2以上、6以下的整數) (wherein R 1 and R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a substituted alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, R 2 represents an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and R 3 represents a carbon number of 1 to 4; An alkyl group or a single bond, and n represents an integer of 2 or more and 6 or less)

所述通式(1)所表示的單體可列舉具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的多元醇的單酯等,較佳為甘油單(甲基)丙烯酸酯。 The monomer represented by the above formula (1) may, for example, be a monoester of a polyhydric alcohol having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and is preferably a mono(meth)acrylate.

其他聚合性單體(q)為可與具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)共聚合的聚合性單體,例如可列舉:(甲基)丙烯酸、(甲基)丙烯酸甲酯、(甲基)丙烯酸乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸第三丁酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苄酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯酯、(甲基)丙烯酸環己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸苯氧基乙酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-乙基己酯、(甲基)丙烯酸異冰片酯、(甲基)丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯、(甲基)丙 烯酸四氫糠酯等(甲基)丙烯酸酯類;N-乙烯基吡咯啶酮;苯乙烯及其衍生物、α-甲基苯乙烯等苯乙烯類;(甲基)丙烯醯胺、羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、烷氧基羥甲基(甲基)丙烯醯胺、二丙酮(甲基)丙烯醯胺等丙烯醯胺類;(甲基)丙烯腈、乙烯、丙烯、丁烯、氯乙烯、乙酸乙烯酯等其他乙烯系化合物;及聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯巨單體、聚苯乙烯巨單體等巨單體類等。該些單體可單獨使用一種,或混合使用兩種以上。 The other polymerizable monomer (q) is a polymerizable monomer copolymerizable with the polymerizable monomer (p) having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups, and examples thereof include (meth)acrylic acid and (meth)acrylic acid. Ester, ethyl (meth)acrylate, propyl (meth)acrylate, isopropyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, isobutyl (meth)acrylate, (meth)acrylic acid Tributyl ester, benzyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethyl (meth) acrylate Hexyl ester, isobornyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate, (methyl) propyl (meth)acrylates such as tetrahydrofurfuryl ester; N-vinylpyrrolidone; styrene and its derivatives, styrenes such as α-methylstyrene; (meth) acrylamide, hydroxy Acrylamide such as methyl (meth) acrylamide, alkoxy hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylamide, diacetone (meth) acrylamide; (meth) acrylonitrile, ethylene, propylene, Other vinyl compounds such as butene, vinyl chloride, and vinyl acetate; and macromonomers such as polymethyl methacrylate macromonomers and polystyrene macromonomers. These monomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

另外,具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)與其他聚合性單體(q)之共聚合比較佳為5質量%~95質量%:95質量%~5質量%,更佳為30質量%~70質量%:70質量%~30質量%。於聚合性單體(p)的共聚合比小於5質量%的情形時,可導入的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵數少,雙鍵當量(下述式所定義的雙鍵當量)的數值變大,無法獲得充分的感度。於聚合性單體(p)的共聚合比超過95質量%的情形時,可導入大量的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵,但聚合性單體(q)的比率變低,故難以維持分散穩定性、溶解性、耐化學品性等物性。 Further, the copolymerization of the polymerizable monomer (p) having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups and the other polymerizable monomer (q) is preferably 5% by mass to 95% by mass: 95% by mass to 5% by mass, more preferably It is 30% by mass to 70% by mass: 70% by mass to 30% by mass. When the copolymerization ratio of the polymerizable monomer (p) is less than 5% by mass, the number of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds which can be introduced is small, and the value of the double bond equivalent (the double bond equivalent defined by the following formula) becomes large. , can not get full sensitivity. When the copolymerization ratio of the polymerizable monomer (p) exceeds 95% by mass, a large amount of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds can be introduced, but the ratio of the polymerizable monomer (q) becomes low, so that it is difficult to maintain dispersion stability. Physical properties such as solubility and chemical resistance.

具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)與其他聚合性單體(q)的共聚物(a)的製造可利用公知的方法來製造,例如可參考日本專利特開2005-156930號公報的段落0013的記載,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The production of the copolymer (a) having a polymerizable monomer (p) having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups and another polymerizable monomer (q) can be produced by a known method, and for example, refer to Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2005-156930. The description of paragraph 0013 of the Gazette is incorporated into the present specification.

(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂是藉由使具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(b)與所述共聚 物(a)反應而獲得。具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(b)的作為可與羥基反應的官能基,可列舉異氰酸酯基、羧基等,尤其就反應性的方面而言,較佳為異氰酸酯基。 (G) a resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain by copolymerizing the compound (b) having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond Obtained by the reaction of the substance (a). Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a hydroxyl group of the compound (b) having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include an isocyanate group and a carboxyl group, and particularly preferably in terms of reactivity. Isocyanate group.

具有異氰酸酯基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物具體可列舉2-丙烯醯基乙基異氰酸酯、2-甲基丙烯醯基乙基異氰酸酯等。另外,具有羧基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物具體可列舉丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸、馬來酸酐。 Specific examples of the compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include 2-propenylethyl isocyanate and 2-methylpropenylethyl isocyanate. Further, specific examples of the compound having a carboxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, and maleic anhydride.

介隔羥基而導入至共聚物(a)中的乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的量是由所得的樹脂的「雙鍵當量」來表示。所謂雙鍵當量,成為分子中所含的雙鍵量的標準,若為分子量相同的感光性樹脂,則雙鍵當量的數值越小則雙鍵的導入量越變多。 The amount of the ethylenically unsaturated double bond introduced into the copolymer (a) via a hydroxyl group is represented by the "double bond equivalent" of the obtained resin. The double bond equivalent is a standard for the amount of double bonds contained in the molecule. When the photosensitive resin having the same molecular weight is used, the smaller the value of the double bond equivalent is, the larger the amount of introduction of the double bond is.

[雙鍵當量]=[重複結構單元的分子量]/[重複結構單元中的雙鍵數] [double bond equivalent] = [molecular weight of repeating structural unit] / [number of double bonds in repeating structural unit]

本發明的(G)樹脂的雙鍵當量較佳為200~2,000,更佳為300~900。於(G)樹脂的雙鍵當量小於200的情形時,導入乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的聚合性單體(p)的比率變高,無法使維持各種特性的充分量的聚合性單體(q)共聚合。於超過2,000的情形時,乙烯性不飽和雙鍵數少,故無法獲得充分的感度。 The (G) resin of the present invention preferably has a double bond equivalent weight of from 200 to 2,000, more preferably from 300 to 900. When the double bond equivalent of the (G) resin is less than 200, the ratio of the polymerizable monomer (p) into which the ethylenically unsaturated double bond is introduced becomes high, and a sufficient amount of the polymerizable monomer which maintains various properties cannot be obtained (q) ) Copolymerization. In the case of more than 2,000, the number of ethylenically unsaturated double bonds is small, so that sufficient sensitivity cannot be obtained.

另外,就本發明的組成物的分散性良好的方面而言,所述(G)樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2000~200000,更佳為5000 ~50000。 Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the (G) resin is preferably from 2,000 to 200,000, more preferably from 5,000, in terms of good dispersibility of the composition of the present invention. ~50000.

共聚物(a)、與具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(b)的反應可利用公知的方法來進行,例如可參考日本專利特開2005-156930號公報的段落0016的記載,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The reaction of the copolymer (a) with the compound (b) having a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond can be carried out by a known method, and for example, refer to JP-A-2005-156930. The description of paragraph 0016 is incorporated into the present specification.

相對於總固體成分,本發明的組成物中的(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂的含量較佳為0.1質量%~50質量%,更佳為0.3質量%~40質量%,進而佳為0.5質量%~30質量%。 The content of the resin having a polymerizable double bond in the (G) side chain in the composition of the present invention is preferably from 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass, more preferably from 0.3% by mass to 40% by mass, based on the total solid content. Further preferably, it is 0.5% by mass to 30% by mass.

(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂於本發明的組成物中可僅含有一種,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 (G) The resin having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain may be contained in the composition of the present invention alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-鹼可溶性樹脂- - alkali soluble resin -

本發明的組成物亦可更含有鹼可溶性樹脂作為黏合劑。再者,此處所述的鹼可溶性樹脂中,不包括作為分散劑成分而含有於本發明的組成物中的成分。 The composition of the present invention may further contain an alkali-soluble resin as a binder. Further, the alkali-soluble resin described herein does not include a component contained in the composition of the present invention as a dispersant component.

鹼可溶性樹脂可自以下鹼可溶性樹脂中適當選擇,所述鹼可溶性樹脂為線性有機高分子聚合物,且於分子(較佳為以丙烯酸系共聚物、苯乙烯系共聚物作為主鏈的分子)中具有至少一個促進鹼可溶性的基團。就耐熱性的觀點而言,較佳為多羥基苯乙烯系樹脂、聚矽氧烷系樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂,就控制顯影性的觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸系樹脂、丙烯醯胺系樹脂、丙烯酸/丙烯醯胺共聚物樹脂。 The alkali-soluble resin can be appropriately selected from the following alkali-soluble resins, which are linear organic high molecular polymers, and are molecules (preferably molecules having an acrylic copolymer or a styrene copolymer as a main chain). There is at least one group that promotes alkali solubility. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, a polyhydroxystyrene resin, a polyoxyalkylene resin, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic acid/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferred in terms of controlling developability. In particular, an acrylic resin, an acrylamide resin, or an acrylic/acrylamide copolymer resin is preferable.

鹼可溶性樹脂例如可參考日本專利特開2013-077009號公報的段落0179~段落0208中記載的鹼可溶性樹脂,將其內容併入至本說明書中。 The alkali-soluble resin can be referred to, for example, the alkali-soluble resin described in paragraphs 0179 to 0208 of JP-A-2013-077009, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

另外,鹼可溶性樹脂可參考日本專利特開2012-208494號公報的段落0558~段落0571(對應的美國專利申請公開第2012/0235099號說明書的[0685]~[0700])以後的記載,將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 In addition, the alkali-soluble resin can be referred to the following paragraphs 0558 to 5571 of the Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208494 (corresponding to U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0235099, the specification of [0685] to [0700]). These are incorporated into the specification of the present application.

進而較佳為使用日本專利特開2012-32767號公報中記載的段落編號0029~段落編號0063中記載的共聚物(B)及實施例中所用的鹼可溶性樹脂、日本專利特開2012-208474號公報的段落編號0088~段落編號0098中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-137531號公報的段落編號0022~段落編號0032中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2013-024934號公報的段落編號0132~段落編號0143中記載的黏合劑樹脂及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2011-242752號公報的段落編號0092~段落編號0098及實施例中所用的黏合劑樹脂、日本專利特開2012-032770號公報的段落編號0030~段落編號0072的記載的黏合劑樹脂。將該些內容併入至本申請案說明書中。 Further, it is preferable to use the copolymer (B) described in Paragraph No. 0029 to Paragraph No. 0063 described in JP-A-2012-32767, and the alkali-soluble resin used in the examples, and Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2012-208474 The adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0088 to Paragraph No. 0098 of the publication and the adhesive resin described in the example, and the adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0022 to Paragraph No. 0032 of JP-A-2012-137531 The adhesive resin used in the example, the adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0132 to Paragraph No. 0143 of the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2013-024934, and the adhesive resin used in the Example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-242752 Paragraph No. 0092 to Paragraph No. 0098 and the adhesive resin described in the examples, and the adhesive resin described in Paragraph No. 0030 to Paragraph No. 0072 of JP-A-2012-032770. This is incorporated into the specification of the present application.

鹼可溶性樹脂的酸值以較佳為30mgKOH/g~200mgKOH/g、更佳為50mgKOH/g~150mgKOH/g為宜,最佳為70mgKOH/g~120mgKOH/g。 The acid value of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 30 mgKOH/g to 200 mgKOH/g, more preferably from 50 mgKOH/g to 150 mgKOH/g, most preferably from 70 mgKOH/g to 120 mgKOH/g.

另外,鹼可溶性樹脂的重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為2,000~50,000,進而佳為5,000~30,000,最佳為7,000~20,000。 Further, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably from 2,000 to 50,000, more preferably from 5,000 to 30,000, most preferably from 7,000 to 20,000.

於著色組成物中含有鹼可溶性樹脂的情形時,相對於著色組成物的總固體成分,鹼可溶性樹脂於著色組成物中的含量較佳為1質量%~15質量%,更佳為2質量%~12質量%,尤佳為3質量%~10質量%。 When the alkali-soluble resin is contained in the coloring composition, the content of the alkali-soluble resin in the coloring composition is preferably from 1% by mass to 15% by mass, more preferably 2% by mass, based on the total solid content of the coloring composition. ~12% by mass, particularly preferably 3% by mass to 10% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種鹼可溶性樹脂,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one alkali-soluble resin, or may contain two or more kinds. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-有機溶劑- -Organic solvents-

本發明的組成物亦可含有有機溶劑。 The composition of the present invention may also contain an organic solvent.

有機溶劑只要滿足各成分的溶解性或著色感光性樹脂組成物的塗佈性,則基本上無特別限制,尤佳為考慮到紫外線吸收劑、鹼可溶性樹脂或分散劑等的溶解性、塗佈性、安全性而選擇。有機溶劑可為一種,亦可包含兩種以上。 The organic solvent is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the solubility of each component or the coatability of the coloring photosensitive resin composition, and it is particularly preferable to consider the solubility and coating of an ultraviolet absorber, an alkali-soluble resin, a dispersant, and the like. Choose sex and safety. The organic solvent may be one type or two or more types.

有機溶劑可較佳地列舉:作為酯類的例如乙酸乙酯、乙酸正丁酯、乙酸異丁酯、甲酸戊酯、乙酸異戊酯、丙酸丁酯、丁酸異丙酯、丁酸乙酯、丁酸丁酯、乳酸甲酯、乳酸乙酯、氧基乙酸烷基酯(例如氧基乙酸甲酯、氧基乙酸乙酯、氧基乙酸丁酯(例如甲氧基乙酸甲酯、甲氧基乙酸乙酯、甲氧基乙酸丁酯、乙氧基乙酸甲酯、乙氧基乙酸乙酯等))、3-氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如3-氧基丙酸甲酯、3-氧基丙酸乙酯等(例如3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、3-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯等))、2- 氧基丙酸烷基酯類(例如2-氧基丙酸甲酯、2-氧基丙酸乙酯、2-氧基丙酸丙酯等(例如2-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-甲氧基丙酸乙酯、2-甲氧基丙酸丙酯、2-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基丙酸乙酯))、2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯及2-氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯(例如2-甲氧基-2-甲基丙酸甲酯、2-乙氧基-2-甲基丙酸乙酯等)、丙酮酸甲酯、丙酮酸乙酯、丙酮酸丙酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸乙酯、2-氧代丁酸甲酯、2-氧代丁酸乙酯等;以及作為醚類的例如二乙二醇二甲醚、四氫呋喃、乙二醇單甲醚、乙二醇單乙醚、甲基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、二乙二醇單甲醚、二乙二醇單乙醚、二乙二醇單丁醚、丙二醇單甲醚、丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單乙醚乙酸酯、丙二醇單丙醚乙酸酯等;以及作為酮類的例如甲基乙基酮、環己酮、2-庚酮、3-庚酮等;以及作為芳香族烴類的例如甲苯、二甲苯、環戊酮等。 The organic solvent may preferably be exemplified as esters such as ethyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, amyl formate, isoamyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, butyrate B. Ester, butyl butyrate, methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, alkyl oxyacetate (eg methyl oxyacetate, ethyl oxyacetate, butyl oxyacetate (eg methyl methoxyacetate, A) Ethyl oxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, etc.), alkyl 3-oxopropionate (eg methyl 3-oxypropionate) , 3-oxypropionic acid ethyl ester, etc. (for example, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid Ester, etc.)), 2- Alkyl oxypropionates (for example, methyl 2-oxypropionate, ethyl 2-oxypropionate, propyl 2-oxypropionate, etc. (for example, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, 2 -ethyl methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate), 2-oxy-2-methyl Methyl propionate and ethyl 2-oxy-2-methylpropionate (for example, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, etc. ), methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl 2-oxobutyrate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate, etc.; Ethers such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, methyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, diethylene glycol single Methyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, etc.; Such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, etc.; and as an aromatic hydrocarbon such as toluene Xylene, cyclopentanone and the like.

就改良紫外線吸收劑及鹼可溶性樹脂的溶解性、塗佈表面狀態等的觀點而言,該些有機溶劑亦較佳為混合兩種以上。於該情形時,尤佳為由選自以下溶劑中的兩種以上所構成的混合溶液:所述3-乙氧基丙酸甲酯、3-乙氧基丙酸乙酯、乙基溶纖劑乙酸酯、乳酸乙酯、二乙二醇二甲醚、乙酸丁酯、3-甲氧基丙酸甲酯、2-庚酮、環己酮、乙基卡必醇乙酸酯、丁基卡必醇乙酸酯、丙二醇甲醚及丙二醇甲醚乙酸酯。 From the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the ultraviolet absorber and the alkali-soluble resin, the surface state of the coating, and the like, it is preferred to mix the organic solvents in two or more kinds. In this case, a mixed solution composed of two or more selected from the group consisting of methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, and ethyl cellosolve is particularly preferred. Acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, cyclohexanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl Kikabi alcohol acetate, propylene glycol methyl ether and propylene glycol methyl ether acetate.

就塗佈性的觀點而言,有機溶劑於組成物中的含量較佳為設定為組成物的總固體成分濃度成為5質量%~80質量%的 量,進而佳為5質量%~60質量%,尤佳為10質量%~50質量%。 From the viewpoint of coating properties, the content of the organic solvent in the composition is preferably set so that the total solid content concentration of the composition becomes 5 to 80% by mass. The amount is preferably from 5% by mass to 60% by mass, particularly preferably from 10% by mass to 50% by mass.

-交聯劑- -crosslinker -

亦可於本發明的組成物中補充使用交聯劑,進一步提高使組成物硬化而成的硬化膜的硬度。 It is also possible to supplement the use of the crosslinking agent in the composition of the present invention to further increase the hardness of the cured film obtained by curing the composition.

交聯劑只要可藉由交聯反應來進行膜硬化,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉:(a)環氧樹脂;(b)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個取代基取代的三聚氰胺化合物、胍胺化合物、甘脲化合物或脲化合物;(c)經選自羥甲基、烷氧基甲基及醯氧基甲基中的至少一個取代基取代的苯酚化合物、萘酚化合物或羥基蒽化合物。其中,較佳為多官能環氧樹脂。 The crosslinking agent is not particularly limited as long as it can be cured by a crosslinking reaction, and examples thereof include (a) an epoxy resin; and (b) a selected from the group consisting of a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group, and an anthracene oxygen group. a melamine compound, a guanamine compound, a glycoluril compound or a urea compound substituted with at least one substituent in the methyl group; (c) at least one selected from the group consisting of a methylol group, an alkoxymethyl group and a decyloxymethyl group A substituted phenol compound, a naphthol compound or a hydroxy hydrazine compound. Among them, a polyfunctional epoxy resin is preferred.

關於交聯劑的具體例等詳細情況,可參照日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0134~段落0147的記載。 For details of specific examples of the crosslinking agent, the descriptions of paragraphs 0134 to 0147 of JP-A-2004-295116 can be referred to.

於本發明的組成物中含有交聯劑的情形時,交聯劑的調配量並無特別限定,較佳為組成物的總固體成分的2質量%~30質量%,更佳為3質量%~20質量%。 When the crosslinking agent is contained in the composition of the present invention, the amount of the crosslinking agent to be added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2% by mass to 30% by mass, and more preferably 3% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition. ~20% by mass.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種交聯劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one type of crosslinking agent, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-聚合抑制劑- - Polymerization inhibitors -

於本發明的組成物中,為了於所述組成物的製造中或保存中阻止聚合性化合物的不需要的熱聚合,理想的是添加少量的聚合抑制劑。 In the composition of the present invention, in order to prevent unnecessary thermal polymerization of the polymerizable compound during or during storage of the composition, it is desirable to add a small amount of a polymerization inhibitor.

本發明中可使用的聚合抑制劑可列舉:對苯二酚、對甲氧基 苯酚、二-第三丁基對甲酚、鄰苯三酚、第三丁基鄰苯二酚、苯醌、4,4'-硫代雙(3-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、2,2'-亞甲基雙(4-甲基-6-第三丁基苯酚)、N-亞硝基苯基羥基胺亞鈰鹽等。 The polymerization inhibitor which can be used in the present invention may, for example, be hydroquinone or p-methoxy. Phenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butyl catechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol ), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), N-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine sulfonium salt, and the like.

於本發明的組成物中含有聚合抑制劑的情形時,相對於所有組成物的質量,聚合抑制劑的添加量較佳為約0.01質量%~約5質量%。 In the case where the composition of the present invention contains a polymerization inhibitor, the amount of the polymerization inhibitor added is preferably from about 0.01% by mass to about 5% by mass based on the mass of all the components.

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種聚合抑制劑,亦可含有兩種以上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one polymerization inhibitor, and may contain two or more types. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-界面活性劑- - surfactant -

本發明的組成物中,就進一步提高塗佈性的觀點而言,亦可添加各種界面活性劑。於本發明中,藉由調配界面活性劑,於併用所述(C)成分與(D)成分的情形時,可更有效地發揮PCD耐受性優異的本發明的效果。關於其理由,可推測如下機制。即,關於本發明的組成物的PCD耐受性優異的理由,如上文所述,可認為其原因在於:(D)成分所含的立體上體積大的芳香環部位(通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)的-Ph-R6所表示的部分)進入至(C)成分的聚酯殘基部分中,發揮防止聚酯殘基彼此凝聚.結晶的作用,結果(C)成分的相分離受到抑制。可推測,若於其中添加界面活性劑,則於(D)成分所含的立體上體積大的芳香環部位與(C)成分的聚酯殘基部分之間發揮界面活性效果,(D)成分的立體上體積大的部位順暢地進入至(C)成分的聚酯殘基部分中。 In the composition of the present invention, various surfactants may be added from the viewpoint of further improving coatability. In the present invention, when the (C) component and the (D) component are used in combination by blending a surfactant, the effect of the present invention excellent in PCD resistance can be more effectively exhibited. Regarding the reason, the following mechanism can be presumed. In other words, the reason why the PCD resistance of the composition of the present invention is excellent is as described above, and it is considered that the reason is that the (D) component contains a sterically bulky aromatic ring moiety (general formula (IV) The portion of the compound (x) represented by -Ph-R 6 is introduced into the polyester residue portion of the component (C) to prevent aggregation of the polyester residues with each other. As a result of the crystallization, phase separation of the component (C) is suppressed. It is presumed that when a surfactant is added thereto, an interfacial activity effect is exhibited between the sterically bulky aromatic ring portion contained in the component (D) and the polyester residue portion of the component (C), and the component (D) The sterically bulky portion smoothly enters into the polyester residue portion of the component (C).

界面活性劑可使用:氟系界面活性劑、非離子系界面活性劑、 陽離子系界面活性劑、陰離子系界面活性劑、矽酮系界面活性劑等各種界面活性劑。 Surfactants can be used: fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, Various surfactants such as a cationic surfactant, an anionic surfactant, and an anthrone-based surfactant.

尤其本發明的組成物藉由含有氟系界面活性劑,於製備成塗佈液時的溶液特性(特別是流動性)進一步提高,故可進一步改善塗佈厚度的均勻性或省液性。 In particular, since the composition of the present invention contains a fluorine-based surfactant, the solution characteristics (especially fluidity) at the time of preparation of the coating liquid are further improved, so that the uniformity of the coating thickness or the liquid-saving property can be further improved.

即,於使用應用含有氟系界面活性劑的組成物的塗佈液來進行膜形成的情形時,藉由使被塗佈面與塗佈液的界面張力降低,對被塗佈面的濡濕性得到改善,對被塗佈面的塗佈性提高。因此,即便於以少量的液量來形成幾微米(μm)左右的薄膜的情形時,亦可更佳地進行厚度不均小的均勻厚度的膜形成,就此方面而言有效。 In other words, when the film formation is carried out using a coating liquid using a composition containing a fluorine-based surfactant, the interfacial tension of the surface to be coated and the coating liquid is lowered to wet the coated surface. It is improved and the coating property to the coated surface is improved. Therefore, even when a film having a thickness of about several micrometers (μm) is formed with a small amount of liquid, it is possible to more preferably form a film having a uniform thickness having a small thickness unevenness, which is effective in this respect.

氟系界面活性劑中的氟含有率較佳為3質量%~40質量%,更佳為5質量%~30質量%,尤佳為7質量%~25質量%。氟含有率為該範圍內的氟系界面活性劑於塗佈膜的厚度的均勻性或省液性的方面有效,於組成物中的溶解性亦良好。 The fluorine content in the fluorine-based surfactant is preferably from 3% by mass to 40% by mass, more preferably from 5% by mass to 30% by mass, even more preferably from 7% by mass to 25% by mass. The fluorine-containing surfactant is effective in the uniformity of the thickness of the coating film or the liquid-saving property in the range of the fluorine-based surfactant, and the solubility in the composition is also good.

氟系界面活性劑例如可列舉:美佳法(Megafac)F171、美佳法(Megafac)F172、美佳法(Megafac)F173、美佳法(Megafac)F176、美佳法(Megafac)F177、美佳法(Megafac)F141、美佳法(Megafac)F142、美佳法(Megafac)F143、美佳法(Megafac)F144、美佳法(Megafac)R30、美佳法(Megafac)F437、美佳法(Megafac)F475、美佳法(Megafac)F479、美佳法(Megafac)F482、美佳法(Megafac)F554、美佳法(Megafac)F780、美佳 法(Megafac)F781(以上為迪愛生(DIC)(股)製造),弗拉德(Fluorad)FC430、弗拉德(Fluorad)FC431、弗拉德(Fluorad)FC171(以上為住友3M(股)製造),沙福隆(Surflon)S-382、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-101、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-103、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-104、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-105、沙福隆(Surflon)SC1068、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-381、沙福隆(Surflon)SC-383、沙福隆(Surflon)S393、沙福隆(Surflon)KH-40(以上為旭硝子(股)製造)等。 Examples of the fluorine-based surfactant include Megafac F171, Megafac F172, Megafac F173, Megafac F176, Megafac F177, and Megafac F141. , Megafac F142, Megafac F143, Megafac F144, Megafac R30, Megafac F437, Megafac F475, Megafac F479, Megafac F482, Megafac F554, Megafac F780, Meijia Method (Megafac) F781 (above is made by Di Aisheng (DIC)), Fluorad FC430, Fluorad FC431, Fluorad FC171 (above Sumitomo 3M) Manufacturing), Surflon S-382, Surflon SC-101, Surflon SC-103, Surflon SC-104, Surflon SC -105, Surflon SC1068, Surflon SC-381, Surflon SC-383, Surflon S393, Surflon KH-40 (above) Made for Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.).

非離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉:甘油、三羥甲基丙烷、三羥甲基乙烷以及該等的乙氧基化物及丙氧基化物(例如丙氧基化甘油、乙氧基化甘油等)、聚氧伸乙基月桂基醚、聚氧伸乙基硬脂基醚、聚氧伸乙基油基醚、聚氧伸乙基辛基苯基醚、聚氧伸乙基壬基苯基醚、聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯、山梨醇酐脂肪酸酯(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造的普羅尼克(Pluronic)L10、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L31、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L61、普羅尼克(Pluronic)L62、普羅尼克(Pluronic)10R5、普羅尼克(Pluronic)17R2、普羅尼克(Pluronic)25R2、特羅尼克(Tetronic)304、特羅尼克(Tetronic)701、特羅尼克(Tetronic)704、特羅尼克(Tetronic)901、特羅尼克(Tetronic)904、特羅尼克(Tetronic)150R1)、索努帕斯(Solsperse)20000(日本路博潤(Lubrizol)(股))等。 Specific examples of the nonionic surfactant include glycerin, trimethylolpropane, trimethylolethane, and ethoxylates and propoxylates (for example, propoxylated glycerin, ethoxylated glycerin). Etc.), polyoxyethylene ethyl lauryl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl stearyl ether, polyoxyethylene ethyl oleyl ether, polyoxyethyl octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethyl phenyl benzene Ethyl ether, polyethylene glycol dilaurate, polyethylene glycol distearate, sorbitan fatty acid ester (Pluronic L10 manufactured by BASF), Pluronic L31, Pluronic L61, Pluronic L62, Pluronic 10R5, Pluronic 17R2, Pluronic 25R2, Tetronic 304, Tetronic 701 , Tetronic 704, Tetronic 901, Tetronic 904, Tetronic 150R1), Solsperse 20000 (Lubrizol, Japan) (shares)) and so on.

陽離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉:酞菁衍生物(商品名:埃夫卡(EFKA)-745,森下產業(股)製造),有機矽氧烷 聚合物KP341(信越化學工業(股)製造),(甲基)丙烯酸系(共)聚合物波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.75、波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.90、波利弗洛(Polyflow)No.95(共榮社化學(股)製造),W001(裕商(股)製造)等。 Specific examples of the cationic surfactant include a phthalocyanine derivative (trade name: Efka (EFKA)-745, manufactured by Morishita Industries Co., Ltd.), and an organic oxirane. Polymer KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), (meth)acrylic (co)polymer Polyflow No. 75, Polyflow No. 90, Boliflo (Polyflow) No. 95 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), W001 (manufactured by Yusho Co., Ltd.), etc.

陰離子系界面活性劑具體可列舉W004、W005、W017(裕商(股)公司製造)等。 Specific examples of the anionic surfactant include W004, W005, and W017 (manufactured by Yusei Co., Ltd.).

矽酮系界面活性劑例如可列舉:東麗道康寧(Toray-Dow corning)(股)製造的「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC3PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH7PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)DC11PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH21PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH28PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH29PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH30PA」、「東麗矽酮(Toray Silicone)SH8400」,邁圖高新材料(Momentive Performance Materials)公司製造的「TSF-4440」、「TSF-4300」、「TSF-4445」、「TSF-4460」、「TSF-4452」,信越矽酮股份有限公司製造的「KP341」、「KF6001」、「KF6002」,畢克化學(BYK Chemie)公司製造「畢克(BYK)307」、「畢克(BYK)323」、「畢克(BYK)330」等。 Examples of the fluorenone-based surfactant include Toray Silicone DC3PA, Toray Silicone SH7PA, and East, manufactured by Toray-Dow Corning Co., Ltd. Toray Silicone DC11PA", "Toray Silicone SH21PA", "Toray Silicone SH28PA", "Toray Silicone SH29PA", "Dong Lizhen" Toray Silicone SH30PA", "Toray Silicone SH8400", "TSF-4440", "TSF-4300", "TSF-4445" manufactured by Momentive Performance Materials "TSF-4460", "TSF-4452", "KP341", "KF6001" and "KF6002" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., BYK Chemie, BYK 307, "BYK 323", "BYK" 330, etc.

界面活性劑可僅使用一種,亦可組合兩種以上。 The surfactant may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

於本發明的組成物中含有界面活性劑的情形時,相對於組成物的總質量,界面活性劑的添加量較佳為0.001質量%~2.0質量%,更佳為0.005質量%~1.0質量%。 When the surfactant is contained in the composition of the present invention, the amount of the surfactant added is preferably from 0.001% by mass to 2.0% by mass, more preferably from 0.005% by mass to 1.0% by mass based on the total mass of the composition. .

本發明的組成物可僅含有一種界面活性劑,亦可含有兩種以 上。於含有兩種以上的情形時,較佳為其合計量成為所述範圍。 The composition of the present invention may contain only one surfactant, and may also contain two on. When two or more cases are contained, it is preferable that the total amount is the said range.

-其他添加物- -Other additives -

本發明的組成物中,視需要可調配各種添加物,例如填充劑、密接促進劑、抗氧化劑、紫外線吸收劑、抗凝聚劑等。該些添加物可列舉日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0155~段落0156中記載者。 In the composition of the present invention, various additives such as a filler, a adhesion promoter, an antioxidant, an ultraviolet absorber, an anti-agglomerating agent and the like may be blended as needed. The additives are described in paragraphs 0155 to 0156 of JP-A-2004-295116.

於本發明的組成物中,可含有日本專利特開2004-295116號公報的段落0078中記載的增感劑或光穩定劑、該公報的段落0081中記載的熱聚合抑制劑。 The composition of the present invention may contain the sensitizer or light stabilizer described in paragraph 0078 of JP-A-2004-295116, and the thermal polymerization inhibitor described in paragraph 0081 of the publication.

紫外線吸收劑具體而言較佳為使用以下化合物。 Specifically, the ultraviolet absorber is preferably the following compound.

--有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐-- --Organic carboxylic acid, organic carboxylic anhydride --

本發明的組成物亦可含有分子量為1000以下的有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐。 The composition of the present invention may also contain an organic carboxylic acid having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less and/or an organic carboxylic anhydride.

有機羧酸化合物具體可列舉脂肪族羧酸或芳香族羧酸。脂肪族羧酸例如可列舉;甲酸、乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、戊酸、三甲基乙酸、己酸、甘醇酸、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸等單羧酸,草酸、丙二 酸、琥珀酸、戊二酸、己二酸、庚二酸、環己烷二羧酸、環己烯二羧酸、衣康酸、檸康酸、馬來酸、富馬酸等二羧酸,1,2,3-丙三甲酸、烏頭酸等三羧酸等。另外,芳香族羧酸例如可列舉:苯甲酸、鄰苯二甲酸等羧基直接鍵結於苯基的羧酸,及自苯基介隔碳鍵而鍵結羧基的羧酸類。該等中,尤佳為分子量600以下、特別是分子量50~500者,具體而言,例如較佳為馬來酸、丙二酸、琥珀酸、衣康酸。 Specific examples of the organic carboxylic acid compound include an aliphatic carboxylic acid or an aromatic carboxylic acid. Examples of the aliphatic carboxylic acid include monocarboxylic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, valeric acid, trimethylacetic acid, caproic acid, glycolic acid, acrylic acid, and methacrylic acid, and oxalic acid and propylene glycol. Dicarboxylic acids such as acid, succinic acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, pimelic acid, cyclohexanedicarboxylic acid, cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid, itaconic acid, citraconic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, etc. , a tricarboxylic acid such as 1,2,3-propanetricarboxylic acid or aconitic acid. Further, examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid include a carboxylic acid in which a carboxyl group such as benzoic acid or phthalic acid is directly bonded to a phenyl group, and a carboxylic acid in which a carboxyl group is bonded to a carboxyl group via a phenyl group. Among these, a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500 is particularly preferable, and specific examples thereof include maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, and itaconic acid.

有機羧酸酐例如可列舉脂肪族羧酸酐、芳香族羧酸酐,具體而言,例如可列舉:乙酸酐、三氯乙酸酐、三氟乙酸酐、四氫鄰苯二甲酸酐、琥珀酸酐、馬來酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐、戊二酸酐、1,2-環己烯二羧酸酐、正十八烷基琥珀酸酐、5-降冰片烯-2,3-二羧酸酐等脂肪族羧酸酐。芳香族羧酸酐例如可列舉:鄰苯二甲酸酐、偏苯三甲酸酐、均苯四甲酸酐、萘二甲酸酐等。該等中,尤佳為分子量600以下、特別是分子量50~500者,具體而言,例如較佳為馬來酸酐、琥珀酸酐、檸康酸酐、衣康酸酐。 Examples of the organic carboxylic acid anhydride include an aliphatic carboxylic acid anhydride and an aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride. Specific examples thereof include acetic anhydride, trichloroacetic anhydride, trifluoroacetic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, succinic anhydride, and Malay. An aliphatic carboxylic acid such as an acid anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, glutaric anhydride, 1,2-cyclohexene dicarboxylic anhydride, n-octadecyl succinic anhydride, 5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic anhydride Anhydride. Examples of the aromatic carboxylic acid anhydride include phthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, and naphthalic anhydride. Among these, a molecular weight of 600 or less, particularly a molecular weight of 50 to 500 is particularly preferable, and specific examples thereof include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, and itaconic anhydride.

於本發明的組成物中含有有機羧酸、有機羧酸酐的情形時,該些有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐的添加量通常於總固體成分中為0.01質量%~10質量%,較佳為0.03質量%~5質量%,更佳為0.05質量%~3質量%的範圍。 When the organic carboxylic acid or the organic carboxylic acid anhydride is contained in the composition of the present invention, the amount of the organic carboxylic acid and/or the organic carboxylic acid anhydride is usually 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass based on the total solid content. It is in the range of 0.03 mass% to 5% by mass, more preferably 0.05 mass% to 3% mass%.

藉由添加該些分子量為1000以下的有機羧酸及/或有機羧酸酐,可保持高的圖案密接性,並且進一步減少組成物的未溶解物的殘存。 By adding these organic carboxylic acids and/or organic carboxylic anhydrides having a molecular weight of 1,000 or less, high pattern adhesion can be maintained, and the residual of the composition can be further reduced.

<著色感光性樹脂組成物的製備方法> <Method for Preparing Colored Photosensitive Resin Composition>

本發明的組成物是藉由將上文所述的成分混合而製備。 The composition of the present invention is prepared by mixing the ingredients described above.

再者,於製備組成物時,可將構成組成物的各成分一次性調配,亦可將各成分溶解.分散於溶劑中後逐次調配。另外,調配時投入順序或作業條件不受特別限制。例如可將所有成分同時溶解.分散於溶劑中而製備組成物,視需要亦可預先將各成分適當製成兩種以上的溶液.分散液,並於使用時(塗佈時)將該等混合而製備成組成物。 Furthermore, in the preparation of the composition, the components constituting the composition may be formulated at one time, or the components may be dissolved. Disperse in a solvent and then mix them one by one. In addition, the order of input or the working conditions at the time of preparation are not particularly limited. For example, all ingredients can be dissolved at the same time. The composition is prepared by dispersing in a solvent, and if necessary, the components may be appropriately prepared into two or more kinds of solutions. The dispersion was mixed and prepared at the time of use (at the time of coating) to prepare a composition.

其中,本發明中,較佳為使(A)顏料、(B)鹼性色素衍生物及(C)通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑分散後,調配(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂。 In the present invention, it is preferred to disperse the (A) pigment, (B) the basic dye derivative, and (C) the phosphate dispersant represented by the formula (II), and then formulate (D) the formula ( IV) A resin obtained by copolymerizing a compound (x) represented by a compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.

如上所述般製備的組成物可使用較佳為孔徑0.01μm~3.0μm、更佳為孔徑0.05μm~0.5μm左右的過濾器等進行過濾分離後供使用。 The composition prepared as described above can be used by filtration using a filter having a pore diameter of preferably 0.01 μm to 3.0 μm, more preferably a pore diameter of 0.05 μm to 0.5 μm.

本發明的組成物可形成耐熱性及顏色特性優異的硬化膜,故可較佳地用於形成彩色濾光片的著色圖案(著色層)。另外,本發明的組成物可較佳地用作固體攝像元件(例如CCD、CMOS等)或液晶顯示裝置(LCD)等圖像顯示裝置中所用的彩色濾光片等的著色圖案形成用。進而,亦可較佳地用於印刷油墨、噴墨油墨及塗料等的製作用途。其中,可較佳地用於CCD及CMOS等固體攝像元件用的彩色濾光片的製作用途。 Since the composition of the present invention can form a cured film excellent in heat resistance and color characteristics, it can be preferably used for forming a colored pattern (colored layer) of a color filter. Further, the composition of the present invention can be preferably used for forming a coloring pattern such as a color filter used in an image display device such as a solid-state imaging device (for example, CCD, CMOS, or the like) or a liquid crystal display device (LCD). Further, it can also be preferably used for production of printing inks, inkjet inks, paints, and the like. Among them, it can be preferably used for the production of color filters for solid-state imaging devices such as CCDs and CMOSs.

<硬化膜、圖案形成方法、彩色濾光片及彩色濾光片的製造方法> <Method for Producing Cured Film, Pattern Forming Method, Color Filter, and Color Filter>

繼而,對本發明的硬化膜、圖案形成方法及彩色濾光片加以詳述。 Next, the cured film, pattern forming method, and color filter of the present invention will be described in detail.

本發明的圖案形成方法包括以下步驟:著色感光性組成物層形成步驟,將本發明的著色感光性樹脂組成物賦予至支持體上而形成著色感光性組成物層(以下亦稱為「著色組成物層」);曝光步驟,對所述著色組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光;以及圖案形成步驟,將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案。 The pattern forming method of the present invention includes the steps of: coloring the photosensitive composition layer forming step, and applying the colored photosensitive resin composition of the present invention to the support to form a colored photosensitive composition layer (hereinafter also referred to as "coloring composition" An exposure step of exposing the colored composition layer in a pattern; and a pattern forming step of developing and removing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern.

本發明的圖案形成方法可較佳地應用於形成彩色濾光片所具有的著色圖案(畫素)。 The pattern forming method of the present invention can be preferably applied to forming a coloring pattern (pixel) which the color filter has.

藉由本發明的圖案形成方法來形成圖案的支持體除了基板等板狀物以外,只要為可應用於圖案形成的支持體,則並無特別限定。 The support for forming a pattern by the pattern forming method of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a support that can be applied to pattern formation, other than a plate-like material such as a substrate.

以下,藉由固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法來對本發明的圖案形成方法中的各步驟加以詳細說明,但本發明不限定於該方法。 Hereinafter, each step in the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail by a method of producing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor, but the present invention is not limited to this method.

本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法應用本發明的圖案形成方法,包括使用本發明的圖案形成方法於支持體上形成著色圖案的步驟。 The method for producing a color filter of the present invention employs the pattern forming method of the present invention, comprising the step of forming a colored pattern on a support using the pattern forming method of the present invention.

即,本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法應用本發明的圖案形成方法,且其特徵在於包括以下步驟:將本發明的著色感光性組成 物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性組成物層的步驟;對所述著色感光性組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光的步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 That is, the method of producing a color filter of the present invention is applied to the pattern forming method of the present invention, and is characterized by comprising the steps of: coloring the photosensitive composition of the present invention a step of applying a colored photosensitive composition layer on the support; a step of exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer in a pattern; and a step of developing the colored portion by developing and removing the unexposed portion.

進而,視需要亦可設置對著色組成物層進行烘烤的步驟(預烘烤步驟)、及對經顯影的著色圖案進行烘烤的步驟(後烘烤步驟)。以下,有時將該些步驟統稱為圖案形成步驟。 Further, a step of baking the colored composition layer (prebaking step) and a step of baking the developed colored pattern (post baking step) may be provided as needed. Hereinafter, these steps are collectively referred to as a pattern forming step.

本發明的彩色濾光片可藉由所述製造方法而較佳地獲得。 The color filter of the present invention can be preferably obtained by the above manufacturing method.

以下,有時將固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片簡稱為「彩色濾光片」。 Hereinafter, the color filter for a solid-state imaging device may be simply referred to as a "color filter".

以下,對本發明的圖案形成方法的各步驟藉由本發明的彩色濾光片的製造方法來加以詳述。 Hereinafter, each step of the pattern forming method of the present invention will be described in detail by the method of producing the color filter of the present invention.

<形成著色感光性組成物層的步驟> <Step of Forming Colored Photosensitive Composition Layer>

於形成著色感光性組成物層的步驟中,於支持體上應用本發明的組成物而形成著色感光性組成物層。 In the step of forming the colored photosensitive composition layer, the composition of the present invention is applied to a support to form a colored photosensitive composition layer.

該步驟中可使用的支持體例如可使用:於基板(例如矽基板)上設有電荷耦合元件(Charge Coupled Device,CCD)或互補式金屬氧化物半導體(Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor,CMOS)等攝像元件(受光元件)的固體攝像元件用基板。 For the support which can be used in this step, for example, a substrate (for example, a germanium substrate) may be provided with a charge coupled device (CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide semiconductor (CMOS). A substrate for a solid-state image sensor of an element (light receiving element).

本發明的著色圖案可形成於固體攝像元件用基板的攝像元件形成面側(表面),亦可形成於未形成攝像元件的面側(背面)。 The colored pattern of the present invention can be formed on the imaging element forming surface side (surface) of the solid-state imaging device substrate, or can be formed on the surface side (back surface) where the imaging element is not formed.

亦可於固體攝像元件的著色圖案之間、或固體攝像元件用基 板的背面上設有遮光膜。 It can also be used between the color patterns of solid-state imaging elements or the base of solid-state imaging elements. A light-shielding film is provided on the back of the board.

另外,於支持體上,視需要亦可設置底塗層以改良與上部的層的密接、防止物質的擴散或實現基板表面的平坦化。 Further, on the support, an undercoat layer may be provided as needed to improve adhesion to the upper layer, to prevent diffusion of substances, or to planarize the surface of the substrate.

於支持體上應用本發明的組成物的方法可應用狹縫塗佈、噴墨法、旋轉塗佈、流延塗佈、輥塗佈、網版印刷法等各種塗佈方法。 Various methods such as slit coating, inkjet method, spin coating, cast coating, roll coating, and screen printing can be applied to the method of applying the composition of the present invention to a support.

塗佈於支持體上的著色感光性組成物層的乾燥(預烘烤)可利用熱板(hot plate)、烘箱(oven)等在50℃~140℃的溫度下進行10秒~300秒。 The drying (prebaking) of the colored photosensitive composition layer coated on the support can be carried out at a temperature of 50 ° C to 140 ° C for 10 seconds to 300 seconds using a hot plate, an oven or the like.

<<對著色感光性組成物層以圖案狀進行曝光的步驟(利用光微影法來進行圖案形成的情形)>> <<Step of Exposing a Coloring Photosensitive Composition Layer in a Pattern (When Patterning Is Performed by Photolithography)>>

-曝光步驟- - Exposure step -

於曝光步驟中,例如使用步進機等曝光裝置,介隔具有既定的遮罩圖案的遮罩,對著色感光性組成物層形成步驟中形成的著色感光性組成物層進行圖案曝光。藉此可獲得硬化膜。 In the exposure step, for example, a mask having a predetermined mask pattern is interposed by using an exposure device such as a stepper, and the coloring photosensitive composition layer formed in the coloring photosensitive composition layer forming step is subjected to pattern exposure. Thereby, a cured film can be obtained.

曝光時可使用的放射線(光)尤其可較佳地使用g射線、i射線等紫外線(尤佳為i射線)。照射量(曝光量)較佳為30mJ/cm2~1500mJ/cm2,更佳為50mJ/cm2~1000mJ/cm2,最佳為80mJ/cm2~500mJ/cm2In particular, it is preferable to use ultraviolet rays (especially i-rays) such as g-rays and i-rays for radiation (light) which can be used for exposure. Irradiation amount (exposure amount) is preferably 30mJ / cm 2 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 50mJ / cm 2 ~ 1000mJ / cm 2, most preferably 80mJ / cm 2 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.

硬化膜的膜厚較佳為1.0μm以下,更佳為0.1μm~0.9μm,進而佳為0.2μm~0.8μm。 The film thickness of the cured film is preferably 1.0 μm or less, more preferably 0.1 μm to 0.9 μm, still more preferably 0.2 μm to 0.8 μm.

藉由將膜厚設定為1.0μm以下,可獲得高解析性、高密接性, 故較佳。 By setting the film thickness to 1.0 μm or less, high resolution and high adhesion can be obtained. Therefore, it is better.

另外,於該步驟中,亦可較佳地形成具有0.7μm以下的薄的膜厚的硬化膜,藉由利用後述圖案形成步驟對所得的硬化膜進行顯影處理,可獲得即便為薄膜亦顯影性、表面粗糙抑制性及圖案形狀優異的著色圖案。 Further, in this step, a cured film having a thin film thickness of 0.7 μm or less can be preferably formed, and the obtained cured film can be developed by a pattern forming step to be described later, thereby obtaining developability even for a film. A coloring pattern excellent in surface roughness suppression and pattern shape.

<<<形成著色圖案的步驟>>> <<<Steps for forming a colored pattern>>>

繼而進行鹼顯影處理,藉此曝光步驟中的未經光照射的部分的著色感光性組成物層溶出至鹼性水溶液中,僅經光硬化的部分殘留。 Then, an alkali development treatment is performed, whereby the colored photosensitive composition layer of the portion which is not irradiated with light in the exposure step is eluted into the alkaline aqueous solution, and only the photocured portion remains.

顯影液理想的是不對底層的攝像元件或電路等造成損傷(damage)的有機鹼顯影液。顯影溫度通常為20℃~30℃,顯影時間以前為20秒~90秒。為了進一步去除殘渣,近年來亦有實施120秒~180秒的情況。進而,為了進一步提高殘渣去除性,有時亦重複以下步驟幾次:每隔60秒甩去顯影液,進一步重新供給顯影液。 The developer is desirably an organic alkali developer which does not cause damage to the underlying imaging element or circuit. The development temperature is usually 20 ° C to 30 ° C, and the development time is 20 seconds to 90 seconds. In order to further remove the residue, in recent years, it has been carried out for 120 seconds to 180 seconds. Further, in order to further improve the residue removal property, the following steps may be repeated several times: the developer is removed every 60 seconds, and the developer is further supplied again.

顯影液中所用的鹼劑例如可列舉:氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、氫氧化四丙基銨、氫氧化四丁基銨、氫氧化苄基三甲基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環-[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等有機鹼性化合物,可較佳地使用利用純水將該些鹼劑以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.01質量%~1質量%的方式稀釋而成的鹼性水溶液作為顯影液。 Examples of the alkaline agent used in the developing solution include ammonia water, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, tetraethylammonium hydroxide, tetrapropylammonium hydroxide, and tetrabutylammonium hydroxide. An organic basic compound such as a amide, a benzyltrimethylammonium hydroxide, a choline, a pyrrole, a piperidine or a 1,8-diazabicyclo-[5.4.0]-7-undecene, preferably An alkaline aqueous solution obtained by diluting the alkali agent so as to have a concentration of 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably 0.01% by mass to 1% by mass, is used as a developing solution.

再者,顯影液中亦可使用無機鹼,無機鹼例如較佳為氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、碳酸氫鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉等。 Further, an inorganic base may be used in the developer. The inorganic base is preferably, for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium citrate or sodium metasilicate.

再者,於使用包含此種鹼性水溶液的顯影液的情形時,通常於顯影後利用純水進行清洗(淋洗)。 Further, in the case of using a developing solution containing such an alkaline aqueous solution, it is usually washed (rinsed) with pure water after development.

繼而,較佳為實施了乾燥後進行加熱處理(後烘烤)。若形成多種顏色的著色圖案,則可每種顏色逐一依序重複所述步驟來製造硬化皮膜。藉此可獲得彩色濾光片。 Then, it is preferred to carry out heat treatment (post-baking) after drying. If a color pattern of a plurality of colors is formed, the steps may be repeated one by one for each color to produce a hardened film. Thereby, a color filter can be obtained.

後烘烤為用以使硬化完全的顯影後的加熱處理,通常於100℃~240℃、較佳為200℃~240℃下進行熱硬化處理。 The post-baking is a heat treatment after development for complete hardening, and is usually performed at 100 ° C to 240 ° C, preferably 200 ° C to 240 ° C.

可使用熱板或對流式烘箱(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高頻加熱機等加熱機構,以成為所述條件的方式以連續式或批次式對顯影後的塗佈膜進行所述後烘烤處理。 The post-baking of the developed coating film may be carried out in a continuous or batch manner by using a heating mechanism such as a hot plate or a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer) or a high-frequency heating machine in such a manner as to achieve the above conditions. Baked.

<<形成光阻層的步驟、獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟及進行乾蝕刻的步驟(利用乾蝕刻法來進行圖案形成的情形)>> <<Step of Forming Photoresist Layer, Step of Obtaining Resist Pattern, and Step of Performing Dry Etching (When Patterning Is Performed by Dry Etching)>>

乾蝕刻可將經圖案化的光阻層作為遮罩使用蝕刻氣體來進行。具體而言,於使著色感光性組成物層硬化所得的著色層上塗佈正型或負型的感放射線性組成物,並使其乾燥,藉此形成光阻層。於光阻層的形成時,較佳為進一步實施預烘烤處理。光阻層的形成製程尤其理想的是實施曝光後的加熱處理(曝光後烘烤(Post-Exposure Bake,PEB))、顯影後的加熱處理(後烘烤處理)的形態。 Dry etching can be performed using the patterned photoresist layer as a mask using an etching gas. Specifically, a positive or negative radiation sensitive composition is applied onto the colored layer obtained by curing the colored photosensitive composition layer, and dried to form a photoresist layer. At the time of formation of the photoresist layer, it is preferred to further carry out the prebaking treatment. The formation process of the photoresist layer is particularly preferably a form in which heat treatment (Post-Exposure Bake (PEB)) after exposure and heat treatment (post-baking treatment) after development are performed.

光阻例如可使用正型的感放射線性組成物。該正型的感 放射線性組成物可使用感應紫外線(g射線、h射線、i射線)、包含準分子雷射等的遠紫外線、電子束、離子束及X射線等放射線的適於正型光阻用的正型抗蝕劑組成物。放射線中,較佳為g射線、h射線、i射線,其中較佳為i射線。 For the photoresist, for example, a positive type radiation sensitive composition can be used. The sense of positive The radiation-linear composition can be used for positive-type photoresists such as induced ultraviolet rays (g-rays, h-rays, and i-rays), and far-ultraviolet rays including an excimer laser, electron beams, ion beams, and X-rays. Resist composition. In the radiation, it is preferably g-ray, h-ray, or i-ray, and among them, i-ray is preferable.

具體而言,正型的感放射線性組成物較佳為含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的組成物。含有醌二疊氮化合物及鹼可溶性樹脂的正型的感放射線性組成物利用以下情況:藉由500nm以下的波長的光照射而醌二疊氮基發生分解產生羧基,結果由鹼不溶狀態變為鹼可溶性。該正型光阻的解析力明顯優異,故可用於製作積體電路(Integrated Circuit,IC)或大規模積體電路(Large Scale Integration,LSI)等積體電路。醌二疊氮化合物可列舉萘醌二疊氮化合物。市售品例如可列舉「FHi622BC」(富士膠片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronic Materials)公司製造)等。 Specifically, the positive radiation sensitive composition is preferably a composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin. A positive-type radiation-sensitive composition containing a quinonediazide compound and an alkali-soluble resin is obtained by decomposing a quinonediazide group by light irradiation at a wavelength of 500 nm or less to produce a carboxyl group, and the result is changed from an alkali-insoluble state. Alkali soluble. Since the positive resist has an excellent resolving power, it can be used to form an integrated circuit such as an integrated circuit (IC) or a large scale integrated circuit (LSI). The quinonediazide compound may be a naphthoquinonediazide compound. For example, "FHi622BC" (made by Fujifilm Electronic Materials Co., Ltd.), etc. are mentioned as a commercial item.

光阻層的厚度較佳為0.1μm~3μm,較佳為0.2μm~2.5μm,進而佳為0.3μm~2μm。再者,利用塗佈的光阻層的形成可使用上文已述的著色層的塗佈方法來較佳地進行。 The thickness of the photoresist layer is preferably from 0.1 μm to 3 μm, preferably from 0.2 μm to 2.5 μm, and more preferably from 0.3 μm to 2 μm. Furthermore, the formation of the coated photoresist layer can be preferably carried out using the coating method of the coloring layer described above.

繼而,對光阻層進行曝光、顯影,藉此形成設有抗蝕劑貫通孔組群的抗蝕劑圖案(經圖案化的光阻層)。抗蝕劑圖案的形成並無特別限制,可將以前公知的光微影技術適當地最適化來進行。藉由曝光、顯影而於光阻層中設置抗蝕劑貫通孔組群,藉此將作為後續的蝕刻中所用的蝕刻遮罩的抗蝕劑圖案設置於著色層上。 Then, the photoresist layer is exposed and developed to form a resist pattern (patterned photoresist layer) provided with a resist through-hole group. The formation of the resist pattern is not particularly limited, and the conventionally known photolithography technique can be appropriately optimized. A resist through-hole group is provided in the photoresist layer by exposure and development, whereby a resist pattern as an etching mask used for subsequent etching is provided on the colored layer.

光阻層的曝光可藉由以下方式來進行:介隔既定的遮罩圖案,對正型或負型的感放射線性組成物利用g射線、h射線、i射線等、較佳為i射線實施曝光。曝光後,藉由利用顯影液進行顯影處理,而與欲形成著色圖案的區域相對應地將光阻去除。 The exposure of the photoresist layer can be performed by interposing a predetermined mask pattern, and using a g-ray, an h-ray, an i-ray, or the like, preferably an i-ray, for a positive or negative radiation sensitive composition. exposure. After the exposure, the photoresist is removed by performing development processing using a developer to correspond to a region where the colored pattern is to be formed.

所述顯影液只要對含有著色劑的著色層不造成影響,且將正型抗蝕劑的曝光部及負型抗蝕劑的未硬化部溶解,則均可使用,例如可使用各種有機溶劑的組合或鹼性水溶液。鹼性水溶液較佳為將鹼性化合物以濃度成為0.001質量%~10質量%、較佳為0.01質量%~5質量%的方式溶解而製備的鹼性水溶液。鹼性化合物例如可列舉:氫氧化鈉、氫氧化鉀、碳酸鈉、矽酸鈉、偏矽酸鈉、氨水、乙胺、二乙胺、二甲基乙醇胺、氫氧化四甲基銨、氫氧化四乙基銨、膽鹼、吡咯、哌啶、1,8-二氮雜雙環[5.4.0]-7-十一烯等。另外,於使用鹼性水溶液作為顯影液的情形時,通常於顯影後利用水實施清洗處理。 The developer may be used as long as it does not affect the coloring layer containing the coloring agent, and the exposed portion of the positive resist and the uncured portion of the negative resist may be used. For example, various organic solvents may be used. Combination or alkaline aqueous solution. The alkaline aqueous solution is preferably an alkaline aqueous solution prepared by dissolving a basic compound in a concentration of from 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, preferably from 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Examples of the basic compound include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, sodium citrate, sodium metasilicate, aqueous ammonia, ethylamine, diethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, tetramethylammonium hydroxide, and hydroxide. Tetraethylammonium, choline, pyrrole, piperidine, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, and the like. Further, when an alkaline aqueous solution is used as the developing solution, the cleaning treatment is usually performed by water after development.

繼而,將抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩,以於著色層中形成貫通孔組群的方式藉由乾蝕刻進行圖案化。藉此形成著色圖案。貫通孔組群是以棋盤格狀設置於著色層中。因此,於著色層中設有貫通孔組群的第1著色圖案以棋盤格狀而具有多個四角形狀的第1著色畫素。 Then, the resist pattern is used as an etching mask, and patterning is performed by dry etching so that the through-hole group is formed in the colored layer. Thereby a colored pattern is formed. The through hole group is disposed in the colored layer in a checkerboard pattern. Therefore, the first colored pattern in which the through-hole group is provided in the colored layer has a plurality of square-shaped first colored pixels in a checkerboard pattern.

就使圖案剖面形成得更接近矩形的觀點或進一步減少對支持體的損傷的觀點而言,乾蝕刻較佳為按以下形態來進行。 From the viewpoint of forming the pattern cross section closer to a rectangular shape or further reducing damage to the support, dry etching is preferably performed in the following form.

較佳為包括第1階段的蝕刻、第2階段的蝕刻及過蝕刻的形 態,所述第1階段的蝕刻使用氟系氣體與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至支持體不露出的區域(深度)為止,所述第2階段的蝕刻於所述第1階段的蝕刻後,使用氮氣(N2)與氧氣(O2)的混合氣體,進行蝕刻直至較佳為支持體露出的區域(深度)附近為止,所述過蝕刻是於支持體露出後進行。以下,對乾蝕刻的具體方法以及第1階段的蝕刻、第2階段的蝕刻及過蝕刻加以說明。 It is preferable to include a first-stage etching, a second-stage etching, and an over-etching. The first-stage etching uses a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ), and etching is performed until the support is not exposed. In the region (depth), the second-stage etching is performed after the etching in the first step, and etching is performed using a mixed gas of nitrogen (N 2 ) and oxygen (O 2 ) until it is preferable that the support is exposed. The over-etching is performed after the support is exposed, in the vicinity of (depth). Hereinafter, a specific method of dry etching, etching in the first stage, etching in the second stage, and over etching will be described.

乾蝕刻是藉由下述方法預先求出蝕刻條件來進行。 Dry etching is performed by previously obtaining etching conditions by the following method.

(1)分別算出第1階段的蝕刻的蝕刻速率(nm/min)、及第2階段的蝕刻的蝕刻速率(nm/min)。(2)分別算出於第1階段的蝕刻中蝕刻所需厚度的時間、及於第2階段的蝕刻中蝕刻所需厚度的時間。(3)依照所述(2)中算出的蝕刻時間來實施第1階段的蝕刻。(4)依照所述(2)中算出的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。或者,藉由終點(end point)檢測來決定蝕刻時間,根據所決定的蝕刻時間來實施第2階段的蝕刻。(5)針對所述(3)、(4)的合計時間來算出過蝕刻時間,實施過蝕刻。 (1) The etching rate (nm/min) of the etching in the first stage and the etching rate (nm/min) in the etching in the second stage were respectively calculated. (2) Calculate the time required for etching in the etching of the first stage and the time required to etch the required thickness in the etching of the second stage. (3) The first-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2). (4) The second-stage etching is performed in accordance with the etching time calculated in the above (2). Alternatively, the etching time is determined by end point detection, and the second etching is performed in accordance with the determined etching time. (5) The overetching time is calculated for the total time of the above (3) and (4), and over etching is performed.

就將作為被蝕刻膜的有機材料加工成矩形的觀點而言,所述第1階段的蝕刻步驟中所用的混合氣體較佳為含有氟系氣體及氧氣(O2)。另外,第1階段的蝕刻步驟藉由設定為進行蝕刻直至支持體不露出的區域為止的形態,可避免支持體的損傷。另外,就避免支持體的損傷的觀點而言,所述第2階段的蝕刻步驟及所述過蝕刻步驟較佳為於第1階段的蝕刻步驟中藉由氟系氣 體及氧氣的混合氣體實施蝕刻直至支持體不露出的區域為止後,使用氮氣及氧氣的混合氣體來進行蝕刻處理。 The mixed gas used in the first-stage etching step preferably contains a fluorine-based gas and oxygen (O 2 ) from the viewpoint of processing the organic material as the film to be processed into a rectangular shape. Further, the etching step of the first step can be prevented from being damaged by the support so as to be etched until the region where the support is not exposed. Further, from the viewpoint of avoiding damage of the support, the etching step and the over-etching step in the second step are preferably performed by a mixed gas of a fluorine-based gas and oxygen in the etching step of the first-stage etching step. After the region where the support is not exposed, the etching treatment is performed using a mixed gas of nitrogen gas and oxygen gas.

第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量、與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量之比率重要的是以不損及由第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理所得的矩形性的方式來決定。再者,總蝕刻量(第1階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量與第2階段的蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻量的總和)中的後者的比率較佳為大於0%且為50%以下的範圍,更佳為10%~20%。所謂蝕刻量,是指根據被蝕刻膜的殘存的膜厚與蝕刻前的膜厚之差所算出的量。 The ratio of the amount of etching in the etching step in the first step to the amount of etching in the etching step in the second step is important in such a manner as not to impair the squareness obtained by the etching treatment in the etching step of the first step. . Further, the ratio of the latter in the total etching amount (the total of the etching amount in the etching step in the first step and the etching amount in the etching step in the second step) is preferably in a range of more than 0% and not more than 50%. More preferably 10% to 20%. The amount of etching refers to an amount calculated from the difference between the film thickness remaining in the film to be etched and the film thickness before etching.

另外,蝕刻較佳為包括過蝕刻處理。過蝕刻處理較佳為設定過蝕刻比率來進行。另外,過蝕刻比率較佳為根據最初進行的蝕刻處理時間來算出。過蝕刻比率可任意設定,就維持光阻的耐蝕刻性及被蝕刻圖案的矩形性的方面而言,較佳為蝕刻步驟中的蝕刻處理時間的30%以下,更佳為5%~25%,尤佳為10%~15%。 In addition, the etching preferably includes an overetching process. The overetching treatment is preferably performed by setting an overetch ratio. Further, the overetch ratio is preferably calculated based on the etching processing time that is initially performed. The overetching ratio can be arbitrarily set, and it is preferably 30% or less, more preferably 5% to 25%, of the etching treatment time in the etching step in terms of maintaining the etching resistance of the photoresist and the rectangularity of the etching pattern. , especially good for 10% to 15%.

繼而,將蝕刻後殘存的抗蝕劑圖案(即蝕刻遮罩)去除。抗蝕劑圖案的去除較佳為包括以下步驟:於抗蝕劑圖案上賦予剝離液或溶劑而將抗蝕劑圖案調整為可去除的狀態的步驟;以及使用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟。 Then, the resist pattern remaining after the etching (ie, the etching mask) is removed. The removal of the resist pattern preferably includes the steps of: applying a stripping liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern to adjust the resist pattern to a removable state; and removing the resist pattern using the washing water. step.

於抗蝕劑圖案上賦予剝離液或溶劑而將抗蝕劑圖案調整為可去除的狀態的步驟例如可列舉:至少於抗蝕劑圖案上賦予剝離液或溶劑,使之停滯既定的時間而進行浸置顯影的步驟。使剝離液或溶劑停滯的時間並無特別限制,較佳為幾十秒至幾分鐘。 The step of applying a peeling liquid or a solvent to the resist pattern to adjust the resist pattern to a removable state includes, for example, applying a peeling liquid or a solvent to at least the resist pattern, and stopping the film for a predetermined period of time. The step of immersing the development. The time for stopping the stripping solution or the solvent is not particularly limited, and is preferably from several tens of seconds to several minutes.

另外,使用清洗水將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟例如可列舉:自噴霧式或噴淋式的噴射噴嘴對抗蝕劑圖案噴射清洗水,將抗蝕劑圖案去除的步驟。清洗水可較佳地使用純水。另外,噴射噴嘴可列舉:於其噴射範圍內包含整個支持體的噴射噴嘴、或為可動式的噴射噴嘴且其可動範圍包含整個支持體的噴射噴嘴。於噴射噴嘴為可動式的情形時,可於去除抗蝕劑圖案的步驟中自支持體中心部至支持體端部為止移動2次以上來噴射清洗水,藉此更有效地去除抗蝕劑圖案。 Further, the step of removing the resist pattern using the washing water may, for example, be a step of ejecting the washing water from the resist pattern by a spray type or a spray type spray nozzle to remove the resist pattern. Pure water can be preferably used for the washing water. Further, the injection nozzle may be an injection nozzle that includes the entire support in the injection range thereof, or an injection nozzle that is a movable injection nozzle and whose movable range includes the entire support. When the ejection nozzle is movable, the cleaning water can be sprayed two times or more from the center of the support to the end of the support in the step of removing the resist pattern, thereby more effectively removing the resist pattern. .

剝離液通常含有有機溶劑,亦可更含有無機溶劑。有機溶劑例如可列舉:1)烴系化合物、2)鹵化烴系化合物、3)醇系化合物、4)醚或縮醛系化合物、5)酮或酸系化合物、6)酯系化合物、7)多元醇系化合物、8)羧酸或其酸酐系化合物、9)酚系化合物、10)含氮化合物、11)含硫化合物、12)含氟化合物。剝離液較佳為含有含氮化合物,更佳為含有非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物。 The stripping solution usually contains an organic solvent, and may further contain an inorganic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include 1) a hydrocarbon-based compound, 2) a halogenated hydrocarbon-based compound, 3) an alcohol-based compound, 4) an ether or an acetal-based compound, 5) a ketone or an acid-based compound, and 6) an ester-based compound, and 7) A polyol compound, 8) a carboxylic acid or an anhydride thereof, 9) a phenol compound, 10) a nitrogen-containing compound, 11) a sulfur-containing compound, and 12) a fluorine-containing compound. The stripper preferably contains a nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound.

非環狀含氮化合物較佳為具有羥基的非環狀含氮化合物。具體而言,例如可列舉:單異丙醇胺、二異丙醇胺、三異丙醇胺、N-乙基乙醇胺、N,N-二丁基乙醇胺、N-丁基乙醇胺、單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺等,較佳為單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺,更佳為單乙醇胺(H2NCH2CH2OH)。另外,環狀含氮化合物可列舉:異喹啉、咪唑、N-乙基嗎啉、ε-己內醯胺、喹啉、1,3-二甲基-2-咪唑啶酮、α-甲基吡啶、β-甲基吡啶、γ-甲基吡啶、2- 甲基哌啶、3-甲基哌啶、4-甲基哌啶、哌嗪、哌啶、吡嗪、吡啶、吡咯啶、N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-苯基嗎啉、2,4-二甲基吡啶、2,6-二甲基吡啶等,較佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮、N-乙基嗎啉,更佳為N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮(NMP)。 The acyclic nitrogen-containing compound is preferably an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound having a hydroxyl group. Specific examples thereof include monoisopropanolamine, diisopropanolamine, triisopropanolamine, N-ethylethanolamine, N,N-dibutylethanolamine, N-butylethanolamine, monoethanolamine, and the like. Diethanolamine, triethanolamine or the like is preferably monoethanolamine, diethanolamine or triethanolamine, more preferably monoethanolamine (H 2 NCH 2 CH 2 OH). Further, examples of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound include isoquinoline, imidazole, N-ethylmorpholine, ε-caprolactam, quinoline, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, and α-A. Pyridine, β-methylpyridine, γ-methylpyridine, 2-methylpiperidine, 3-methylpiperidine, 4-methylpiperidine, piperazine, piperidine, pyrazine, pyridine, pyrrolidine, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N-phenylmorpholine, 2,4-dimethylpyridine, 2,6-lutidine, etc., preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone N-ethylmorpholine, more preferably N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP).

剝離液較佳為含有非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物,其中,更佳為含有作為非環狀含氮化合物的選自單乙醇胺、二乙醇胺及三乙醇胺中的至少一種與作為環狀含氮化合物的選自N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮及N-乙基嗎啉中的至少一種,進而佳為含有單乙醇胺與N-甲基-2-吡咯啶酮。 The stripping liquid preferably contains an acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and a cyclic nitrogen-containing compound, and more preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine as acyclic nitrogen-containing compound. The nitrogen-containing compound is at least one selected from the group consisting of N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone and N-ethylmorpholine, and further preferably contains monoethanolamine and N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.

於利用剝離液來進行去除時,只要將形成於第1著色圖案上的抗蝕劑圖案去除即可,即便於在第1著色圖案的側壁上附著有作為蝕刻產物的堆積物(析出物)的情形時,所述堆積物亦可未完全被去除。所謂堆積物,是指蝕刻產物附著堆積於著色層的側壁上而成者。 When the removal is performed by the peeling liquid, the resist pattern formed on the first colored pattern may be removed, and deposits (precipitates) as etching products may be adhered to the side walls of the first colored pattern. In this case, the deposit may not be completely removed. The term "deposited material" means that the etching product adheres to the side wall of the colored layer.

剝離液理想的是相對於剝離液100質量份而非環狀含氮化合物的含量為9質量份以上、11質量份以下,且相對於剝離液100質量份而環狀含氮化合物的含量為65質量份以上、70質量份以下。另外,剝離液較佳為利用純水將非環狀含氮化合物與環狀含氮化合物的混合物稀釋而成者。 The content of the stripping liquid is preferably 9 parts by mass or more and 11 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the stripping liquid, and the content of the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound is 65 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the stripping liquid. More than or equal to 70 parts by mass. Further, the peeling liquid is preferably one obtained by diluting a mixture of the acyclic nitrogen-containing compound and the cyclic nitrogen-containing compound with pure water.

再者,本發明的製造方法視需要亦可包括作為固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片的製造方法而公知的步驟來作為所述以外的步驟。例如於進行所述著色感光性組成物層形成步驟、曝光步驟及 圖案形成步驟後,視需要亦可包括藉由加熱及/或曝光使所形成的著色圖案硬化的硬化步驟。 Furthermore, the manufacturing method of the present invention may include a step known as a method of producing a color filter for a solid-state image sensor as a step other than the above. For example, performing the coloring photosensitive composition layer forming step, the exposing step, and After the pattern forming step, a hardening step of hardening the formed coloring pattern by heating and/or exposure may be included as needed.

另外,於使用本發明的組成物的情形時,例如有時產生塗佈裝置噴出部的噴嘴或配管部的堵塞或者因著色組成物或顏料於塗佈機內的附著.沈降.乾燥所致的污染等。因此,為了高效地清洗由本發明的組成物所致的污染,較佳為將與上文所述的本組成物有關的溶劑用作清洗液。另外,日本專利特開平7-128867號公報、日本專利特開平7-146562號公報、日本專利特開平8-278637號公報、日本專利特開2000-273370號公報、日本專利特開2006-85140號公報、日本專利特開2006-291191號公報、日本專利特開2007-2101號公報、日本專利特開2007-2102號公報、日本專利特開2007-281523號公報等中記載的清洗液亦可較佳地用於本發明的組成物的清洗去除。 Further, in the case of using the composition of the present invention, for example, clogging of the nozzle or the piping portion of the coating device discharge portion or adhesion of the coloring composition or pigment to the coater may occur. settlement. Pollution caused by drying, etc. Therefore, in order to efficiently clean the contamination caused by the composition of the present invention, it is preferred to use a solvent related to the present composition described above as a cleaning liquid. In addition, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. The cleaning liquids described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-291191, the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-2101, the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-2102, and the Japanese Patent Publication No. 2007-281523 can also be used. It is preferably used for cleaning and removal of the composition of the present invention.

所述中,較佳為伸烷基二醇單烷基醚羧酸酯及伸烷基二醇單烷基醚。 Among them, an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate and an alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether are preferred.

該些溶劑可單獨使用亦可混合使用兩種以上。於混合兩種以上的情形時,較佳為將具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑混合。具有羥基的溶劑與不具有羥基的溶劑之質量比為1/99~99/1,較佳為10/90~90/10,更佳為20/80~80/20。尤佳為丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(Propyleneglycol monomethylether acetate,PGMEA)與丙二醇單甲醚(Propyleneglycol monomethylether,PGME)的混合溶劑且其比率為60/40。再者,為了提高清洗液對污染物的滲透性, 亦可於清洗液中添加與上文所述的本組成物有關的界面活性劑。 These solvents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. In the case of mixing two or more kinds, it is preferred to mix a solvent having a hydroxyl group with a solvent having no hydroxyl group. The mass ratio of the solvent having a hydroxyl group to the solvent having no hydroxyl group is from 1/99 to 99/1, preferably from 10/90 to 90/10, more preferably from 20/80 to 80/20. More preferably, it is a mixed solvent of Propyleneglycol monomethylether acetate (PGMEA) and Propyleneglycol monomethylether (PGME) in a ratio of 60/40. Furthermore, in order to increase the permeability of the cleaning fluid to the contaminants, A surfactant associated with the present composition described above may also be added to the cleaning solution.

本發明的彩色濾光片因使用本發明的組成物,故可進行曝光容限(margin)優異的曝光,且所形成的著色圖案(著色畫素)的圖案形狀優異,圖案表面的粗糙或顯影部的殘渣得到抑制,故顏色特性變優異。 Since the color filter of the present invention uses the composition of the present invention, it is possible to perform exposure with excellent exposure margin, and the pattern shape of the formed color pattern (colored pixel) is excellent, and the surface of the pattern is rough or developed. Since the residue of the portion is suppressed, the color characteristics are excellent.

本發明的彩色濾光片可較佳地用於CCD、CMOS等固體攝像元件,特別適於超過100萬畫素般的高解析度的CCD或CMOS等。本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片例如可用作配置於構成CCD或CMOS的各畫素的受光部、與用以進行聚光的微透鏡(microlens)之間的彩色濾光片。 The color filter of the present invention can be preferably used for a solid-state imaging device such as a CCD or a CMOS, and is particularly suitable for a high-resolution CCD or CMOS of more than one million pixels. The color filter for a solid-state image sensor of the present invention can be used, for example, as a color filter disposed between a light receiving portion of each pixel constituting the CCD or CMOS and a microlens for collecting light.

再者,本發明的彩色濾光片的著色圖案(著色畫素)的膜厚較佳為2.0μm以下,更佳為1.0μm以下,進而佳為0.7μm以下。 In addition, the thickness of the colored pattern (colored pixel) of the color filter of the present invention is preferably 2.0 μm or less, more preferably 1.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 0.7 μm or less.

另外,著色圖案(著色畫素)的尺寸(圖案寬度)較佳為2.5μm以下,更佳為2.0μm以下,尤佳為1.7μm以下。 Further, the size (pattern width) of the colored pattern (colored pixel) is preferably 2.5 μm or less, more preferably 2.0 μm or less, and still more preferably 1.7 μm or less.

[固體攝像元件] [Solid image sensor]

本發明的固體攝像元件具備上文已述的本發明的彩色濾光片。本發明的固體攝像元件的構成為具備本發明的彩色濾光片的構成,只要為作為固體攝像元件而發揮功能的構成,則並無特別限定,例如可列舉如下構成。 The solid-state imaging device of the present invention includes the color filter of the present invention described above. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it has a configuration that functions as a solid-state imaging device, and the configuration is as follows.

所謂固體攝像元件為以下構成:於支持體上具有構成固體攝像元件(CCD影像感測器、CMOS影像感測器等)的受光區 域的多個光電二極體(photodiode)及包含多晶矽等的傳輸電極,於所述光電二極體及所述傳輸電極上具有僅光電二極體的受光部開口的包含鎢等的遮光膜,於遮光膜上具有以覆蓋遮光膜整個面及光電二極體受光部的方式形成的包含氮化矽等的元件保護膜,於所述元件保護膜上具有本發明的固體攝像元件用彩色濾光片。 The solid-state imaging device has a configuration in which a light receiving region constituting a solid-state imaging device (a CCD image sensor, a CMOS image sensor, or the like) is provided on a support. a plurality of photodiodes of the domain and a transfer electrode including a polysilicon or the like, wherein the photodiode and the transfer electrode have a light-shielding film containing tungsten or the like, and only a light-receiving portion of the photodiode is opened, An element protective film containing tantalum nitride or the like formed to cover the entire surface of the light-shielding film and the photodiode light-receiving portion is provided on the light-shielding film, and the color filter for solid-state imaging device of the present invention is provided on the element protective film. sheet.

進而,亦可為於所述元件保護層上且彩色濾光片之下(靠近支持體之側)具有聚光機構(例如微透鏡等。以下相同)的構成、或於彩色濾光片上具有聚光機構的構成等。 Furthermore, it may be configured to have a light collecting means (for example, a microlens or the like, the same below) on the element protective layer and under the color filter (on the side close to the support), or may have a color filter. The composition of the concentrating mechanism, and the like.

[圖像顯示裝置] [Image display device]

本發明的彩色濾光片不僅可用於所述固體攝像元件,而且可用於液晶顯示裝置或有機EL顯示裝置等圖像顯示裝置,特別適於液晶顯示裝置的用途。具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置可顯示以下圖像:顯示圖像的色調良好且顯示特性優異的高畫質圖像。 The color filter of the present invention can be used not only for the solid-state imaging device but also for an image display device such as a liquid crystal display device or an organic EL display device, and is particularly suitable for use in a liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention can display a high-quality image in which the hue of the display image is good and the display characteristics are excellent.

關於顯示裝置的定義或各顯示裝置的詳細情況,例如是記載於「電子顯示器元件(佐佐木昭夫著,工業調查會(股),1990年發行)」、「顯示器元件(伊吹順章著,產業圖書(股),1989年發行)」等中。另外,關於液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「下一代液晶顯示器技術(內田龍男編輯,工業調查會(股),1994年發行)」中。本發明可應用的液晶顯示裝置並無特別限制,例如可應用於所述「下一代液晶顯示器技術」中記載的各種方式的液晶顯示裝置。 The definition of the display device or the details of each display device is described in, for example, "Electronic display device (Sasaki Sasaki, Industrial Research Association, stocks, issued in 1990)", "Display elements (Ibuki Shun, industrial books) (shares), issued in 1989) and so on. In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next-Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (Editor Uchida Ronjin, Industrial Research Association, issued in 1994)". The liquid crystal display device to which the present invention is applied is not particularly limited, and can be applied to, for example, various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the "next-generation liquid crystal display technology".

本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於彩色薄膜電晶體(Thin Film Transistor,TFT)方式的液晶顯示裝置。關於彩色TFT方式的液晶顯示裝置,例如是記載於「彩色TFT液晶顯示器(共立出版(股)1996年發行)」中。進而,本發明亦可應用於共面切換(IPS)等橫向電場驅動方式、多象限垂直配向(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment,MVA)等畫素分割方式等視角經擴大的液晶顯示裝置或超扭轉向列(Super Twisted Nematic,STN)、扭轉向列(Twisted Nematic,TN)、垂直配向(Vertical Alignment,VA)、光學補償傾斜(Optically Compensated Splay,OCS)、邊緣場切換(Fringe Field Switching,FFS)及反射式光學補償彎曲(Reflective-Optically Compensated Bend,R-OCB)等。 The color filter of the present invention can also be used in a liquid crystal display device of a Thin Film Transistor (TFT) type. The liquid crystal display device of the color TFT type is described, for example, in "Color TFT Liquid Crystal Display (Kyoritsu Publishing Co., Ltd., 1996)". Furthermore, the present invention can also be applied to a liquid crystal display device or a super-twisting direction having a viewing angle such as a transverse electric field driving method such as coplanar switching (IPS) or a pixel division method such as multi-domain vertical alignment (MVA). Super Twisted Nematic (STN), Twisted Nematic (TN), Vertical Alignment (VA), Optically Compensated Splay (OCS), Fringe Field Switching (FFS) and Reflective-Optically Compensated Bend (R-OCB) and the like.

另外,本發明的彩色濾光片亦可用於明亮且高精細的彩色濾光片陣列(Color-filter On Array,COA)方式。於COA方式的液晶顯示裝置中,對彩色濾光片層的要求特性除了上文所述般的通常的要求特性以外,有時還需要對層間絕緣膜的要求特性、即低介電常數及耐剝離液性。於本發明的彩色濾光片中,因使用色相優異的染料多聚物,故顏色純度、光透射性等良好且著色圖案(畫素)的色調優異,故可提供一種解析度高且長期耐久性優異的COA方式的液晶顯示裝置。再者,為了滿足低介電常數的要求特性,亦可於彩色濾光片層上設置樹脂被膜。 In addition, the color filter of the present invention can also be used in a bright and high-definition Color-filter On Array (COA) mode. In the liquid crystal display device of the COA type, in addition to the usual required characteristics as described above, the required characteristics of the color filter layer may require characteristics of the interlayer insulating film, that is, low dielectric constant and resistance. Stripping liquidity. In the color filter of the present invention, since a dye multimer having excellent hue is used, color purity, light transmittance, and the like are excellent, and color tone (pixel) is excellent in color tone, so that high resolution and long-term durability can be provided. A COA liquid crystal display device excellent in properties. Further, in order to satisfy the required characteristics of a low dielectric constant, a resin film may be provided on the color filter layer.

關於該些圖像顯示方式,例如是記載於「電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)、電漿顯示面板(Plasma Display Panel,PDP)、液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)顯示器-技術與市場的最新動向-(東麗研究中心(Toray Research Center)調查研究部門,2001年發行)」的43頁等中。 These image display methods are described, for example, in "Electroluminescence (EL), plasma display panels (Plasma Display) Panel, PDP), Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) display - the latest trends in technology and market - (Toray Research Center, Research and Research Department, issued in 2001), 43 pages, etc.

具備本發明的彩色濾光片的液晶顯示裝置除了本發明的彩色濾光片以外,是由電極基板、偏光膜、相位差膜、背光、間隔件(spacer)、視角保障膜等各種構件所構成。本發明的彩色濾光片可應用於由該些公知的構件所構成的液晶顯示裝置中。關於該些構件,例如是記載於「'94液晶顯示器周邊材料-化學品的市場(島健太郎,CMC(股),1994年發行)」、「2003液晶相關市場的現狀與將來展望(下卷)(表良吉,富士凱美萊總研(股),2003年發行)」中。 The liquid crystal display device including the color filter of the present invention comprises, in addition to the color filter of the present invention, an electrode substrate, a polarizing film, a retardation film, a backlight, a spacer, and a viewing angle securing film. . The color filter of the present invention can be applied to a liquid crystal display device composed of such known members. For example, the "94 liquid crystal display peripheral materials - chemicals market (Ichishima Kentaro, CMC (share), issued in 1994)", "2003 liquid crystal related market status and future prospects (volume) (Former Liangji, Fuji Kamelai Institute (share), issued in 2003).

關於背光,是記載於「國際資訊顯示學會會議記錄(SID meeting Digest)」1380(2005)(A.今野(A.Konno)等人)或月刊「顯示器」的2005年12月號的18頁~24頁(島康裕)及該文獻25頁~30頁(八木隆明)等中。 The backlight is recorded on the 18th page of the December 2005 issue of the "SID meeting Digest" 1380 (2005) (A. Konno et al.) or the monthly "Monitor"~ 24 pages (Island Kang Yu) and the document 25 to 30 pages (Yamu Longming) and so on.

若將本發明的彩色濾光片用於液晶顯示裝置,則於與以前公知的冷陰極管的三波長管組合時,可實現高的對比度,進而藉由將紅色、綠色、藍色的LED光源(RGB-LED)設定為背光,可提供亮度高、另外顏色純度高的色彩再現性良好的液晶顯示裝置。 When the color filter of the present invention is used in a liquid crystal display device, high contrast can be achieved when combined with a three-wavelength tube of a conventionally known cold cathode tube, and the red, green, and blue LED light source can be realized. (RGB-LED) is set as a backlight, and can provide a liquid crystal display device with high brightness and high color reproducibility.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下列舉實施例對本發明加以具體說明。以下的實施例 所示的材料、使用量、比例、處理內容、處理順序等只要不偏離本發明的主旨,則可適當變更。因此,本發明的範圍不限定於以下所示的具體例。再者,只要無特別說明,則「%」及「份」為質量基準。 The invention is specifically illustrated by the following examples. The following examples The materials, the amounts used, the ratios, the contents of the treatment, the order of the treatment, and the like can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In addition, "%" and "parts" are quality standards unless otherwise specified.

<(C)磷酸系分散劑的合成> <(C) Synthesis of a phosphate dispersant> (合成例1) (Synthesis Example 1)

於在三口圓底燒瓶上安裝有冷凝管、氮氣導入管、攪拌機的反應容器中,添加月桂醇18.6g(那卡萊科技(Nacalai Tesque)股份有限公司製造)、ε-己內酯單體57.1g(和光純藥股份有限公司製造)、鈦酸四丁酯0.06g(東京化成股份有限公司製造),利用氮氣對反應容器內進行置換後,於120℃下加熱攪拌3小時。藉由1H-核磁共振(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance,NMR)確認到內酯單體的消失。將反應溶液冷卻至室溫為止後,與正磷酸(orthophosphoric acid)換算含量為116%的聚磷酸8.45g混合,緩緩升溫,於80℃下加熱攪拌6小時,獲得通式(II)中的R3的數量平均分子量為760、y=1與y=2之存在比為100:12的磷酸系分散劑(C-1)。所得的磷酸系分散劑的酸值為166。 In a reaction vessel equipped with a condenser tube, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirrer in a three-neck round bottom flask, 18.6 g of lauryl alcohol (manufactured by Nacalai Tesque Co., Ltd.) and ε-caprolactone monomer 57.1 were added. g (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Co., Ltd.) and tetrabutyl titanate (0.06 g (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and the inside of the reaction vessel was replaced with nitrogen, and then the mixture was heated and stirred at 120 ° C for 3 hours. The disappearance of the lactone monomer was confirmed by 1 H-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, NMR). After the reaction solution was cooled to room temperature, it was mixed with 8.45 g of polyphosphoric acid having an orthophosphoric acid content of 116%, and the temperature was gradually raised, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 80 ° C for 6 hours to obtain a compound of the formula (II). The number average molecular weight of R 3 is 760, y = 1 and y = 2 is a phosphate dispersant (C-1) having a ratio of 100:12. The obtained phosphate-based dispersant had an acid value of 166.

(合成例2~合成例4) (Synthesis Example 2 to Synthesis Example 4)

如下述表1所示般變更所使用的一元醇的種類.添加量及所使用的內酯單體的種類.添加量,除此以外,利用與所述合成例1相同的方法獲得磷酸系分散劑(C-2)~磷酸系分散劑(C-4)。 The type of monohydric alcohol used was changed as shown in Table 1 below. The amount added and the type of lactone monomer used. A phosphate dispersant (C-2) to a phosphate dispersant (C-4) was obtained by the same method as in the above Synthesis Example 1 except for the addition.

於所述表1中,所謂R3的數量平均分子量,表示通式(II)的數量平均分子量。 In the above Table 1, the number average molecular weight of R 3 represents the number average molecular weight of the general formula (II).

<(D)特定樹脂黏合劑的合成> <(D) Synthesis of specific resin binder> (合成例5) (Synthesis Example 5)

於在可分離式四口燒瓶上安裝有溫度計、冷凝管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置的反應容器中,加入丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯,一面於反應容器中導入氮氣一面加熱至80℃,於相同溫度下自滴加管中用2小時滴加甲基丙烯酸苄酯123.3g、甲基丙烯酸17.2g、對枯基苯酚環氧乙烷改質丙烯酸酯(東亞合成股份有限公司製造「亞羅尼斯(Aronix)M110」)31.0g、偶氮雙異丁腈10.0g的混合物,進行聚合反應。 A propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed in a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device, and heated to 80 ° C while introducing nitrogen gas into the reaction vessel. 123.3 g of benzyl methacrylate, 17.2 g of methacrylic acid, and p-cumylphenol ethylene oxide modified acrylate (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) were added dropwise from the dropping tube at the same temperature for 2 hours. (Aronix) M110") A mixture of 31.0 g and 10.0 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was subjected to a polymerization reaction.

將所得的樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫為止後,取樣約3g並於180℃下加熱乾燥20分鐘後測定不揮發成分,於事先合成的樹脂溶液中以不揮發成分成為40質量%的方式添加丙二醇乙酸酯,獲得樹脂黏合劑(D-1)的溶液。 After the obtained resin solution was cooled to room temperature, about 3 g of the sample was sampled and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes, and then the nonvolatile matter was measured, and propylene glycol B was added in a resin solution prepared in advance so that the nonvolatile content was 40% by mass. The acid ester was obtained as a solution of the resin binder (D-1).

<樹脂黏合劑1的合成> <Synthesis of Resin Adhesive 1> (合成例6) (Synthesis Example 6)

於在可分離式四口燒瓶上安裝有溫度計、冷凝管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置的反應容器中,加入丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯,一面於反應容器中導入氮氣一面加熱至100℃,於相同溫度下自滴加管中用1小時滴加甲基丙烯酸苄酯123.3g、甲基丙烯酸25.8g、偶氮雙異丁腈10.0g的混合物,進行聚合反應。 A propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed in a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device, and heated to 100 ° C while introducing nitrogen gas into the reaction vessel. A mixture of 123.3 g of benzyl methacrylate, 25.8 g of methacrylic acid, and 10.0 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise from the dropping tube at the same temperature for 1 hour to carry out a polymerization reaction.

將所得的樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫為止後,取樣約3g並於180℃下加熱乾燥20分鐘後測定不揮發成分,於事先合成的樹脂溶液中以不揮發成分成為40質量%的方式添加丙二醇乙酸酯,獲得樹脂黏合劑1的溶液。 After the obtained resin solution was cooled to room temperature, about 3 g of the sample was sampled and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes, and then the nonvolatile matter was measured, and propylene glycol B was added in a resin solution prepared in advance so that the nonvolatile content was 40% by mass. The acid ester was obtained as a solution of the resin binder 1.

<(G)樹脂的合成> <(G) Resin Synthesis> (合成例7) (Synthesis Example 7)

於在可分離式四口燒瓶上安裝有溫度計、冷凝管、氮氣導入管、攪拌裝置的反應容器中,加入丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯,一面於反應容器中導入氮氣一面加熱至80℃,於相同溫度下自滴加管中用2小時滴加甲基丙烯酸苄酯123.3g、甲基丙烯酸17.2g、甘油單甲基丙烯酸酯(Glycerol monomethacrylate)14.6g、偶氮雙異丁腈10.0g的混合物,進行聚合反應。 A propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed in a separable four-necked flask equipped with a thermometer, a condenser, a nitrogen gas introduction tube, and a stirring device, and heated to 80 ° C while introducing nitrogen gas into the reaction vessel. A mixture of 123.3 g of benzyl methacrylate, 17.2 g of methacrylic acid, 14.6 g of Glycerol monomethacrylate, and 10.0 g of azobisisobutyronitrile was added dropwise from the dropping tube at the same temperature for 2 hours. , carrying out a polymerization reaction.

對所得的樹脂溶液於70℃下用3小時滴加2-甲基丙烯醯基乙基異氰酸酯(昭和電工股份有限公司製造的「卡蘭茨(Karenz)MOI」)23.3g、月桂酸二丁基錫0.3g、環己酮90g的混合物。 23.3 g of 2-methylpropenylethyl isocyanate ("Karenz MOI" manufactured by Showa Denko Co., Ltd.) and dibutyltin laurate 0.3 were added dropwise to the obtained resin solution at 70 ° C for 3 hours. g, a mixture of cyclohexanone 90g.

將所得的樹脂溶液冷卻至室溫為止後,取樣約3g並於180℃下加熱乾燥20分鐘後測定不揮發成分,於先合成的樹脂溶液中以不揮發成分成為40質量%的方式添加丙二醇乙酸酯,獲得樹脂黏合劑(G-1)的溶液。 After the obtained resin solution was cooled to room temperature, about 3 g of the sample was sampled and dried by heating at 180 ° C for 20 minutes, and then the nonvolatile content was measured, and propylene glycol B was added in a resin solution of the first synthesis so that the nonvolatile content was 40% by mass. The acid ester was obtained as a solution of the resin binder (G-1).

<紅色顏料分散組成物的製造> <Manufacture of Red Pigment Dispersion Composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合後,藉由珠磨機混合.分散3小時而製備紅色顏料分散組成物(R-a)。 The mixture of the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, and then mixed by a bead mill. The red pigment dispersion composition (R-a) was prepared by dispersing for 3 hours.

將組成變更為下述表2中記載的組成,除此以外,利用與所述紅色顏料分散組成物(R-a)的製備相同的方法來製備紅色顏料分散組成物(R-b)~紅色顏料分散組成物(R-p)。 The red pigment dispersion composition (Rb) to the red pigment dispersion composition was prepared by the same method as the preparation of the red pigment dispersion composition (Ra) except that the composition was changed to the composition described in the following Table 2. (Rp).

於所述表2中,各記號是指以下化合物。 In the above Table 2, each symbol means the following compound.

PR254…二酮基吡咯并吡咯系紅色顏料(C.I.顏料紅254) PR254...diketopyrrolopyrrole red pigment (C.I. Pigment Red 254)

PY139…異吲哚啉系黃色顏料(C.I.顏料黃139) PY139...Isoporphyrin yellow pigment (C.I. Pigment Yellow 139)

PR177…蒽醌系紅色顏料(C.I.顏料紅177) PR177...蒽醌 red pigment (C.I. Pigment Red 177)

PR122…喹吖啶酮系紅色顏料(C.I.顏料紅122) PR122...quinacridone red pigment (C.I. Pigment Red 122)

PO71…二酮基吡咯并吡咯系橙色顏料(C.I.顏料橙71) PO71...diketopyrrolopyrrole orange pigment (C.I. Pigment Orange 71)

Red-a:下述結構式的偶氮系紅色顏料Red-a Red-a: azo red pigment Red-a of the following structural formula

色素衍生物(B-2):下述結構式的化合物 Pigment derivative (B-2): a compound of the following structural formula

色素衍生物(B-3):下述結構式的化合物 Pigment derivative (B-3): a compound of the following structural formula

色素衍生物(B-4):下述結構式的化合物 Pigment derivative (B-4): a compound of the following structural formula

<綠色顏料分散組成物的製備> <Preparation of Green Pigment Dispersion Composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合後,藉由珠磨機混合.分散3小時而製備綠色顏料分散組成物(G-a)。 The mixture of the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, and then mixed by a bead mill. The green pigment dispersion composition (G-a) was prepared by dispersing for 3 hours.

將組成內容變更為下述表3的組成,除此以外,利用與所述綠色顏料分散組成物(G-a)的製備相同的方法來製備綠色顏料分散組成物(G-b)~綠色顏料分散組成物(G-o)。 The green pigment dispersion composition (Gb) to the green pigment dispersion composition was prepared by the same method as the preparation of the green pigment dispersion composition (Ga) except that the composition was changed to the composition of Table 3 below. Go).

於所述表3中,各記號是指以下化合物。 In the above Table 3, each symbol means the following compound.

PG7…氯化銅酞菁系綠色顏料(C.I.顏料綠7) PG7...Copper chloride phthalocyanine green pigment (C.I. Pigment Green 7)

PG36…鹵化銅酞菁系綠色顏料(C.I.顏料綠36) PG36...Brass Copper Phthalocyanine Green Pigment (C.I. Pigment Green 36)

PG58…鹵化鋅酞菁系綠色顏料(C.I.顏料綠58) PG58...zinc halide phthalocyanine green pigment (C.I. Pigment Green 58)

PY139…異吲哚啉系黃色顏料(C.I.顏料黃139) PY139...Isoporphyrin yellow pigment (C.I. Pigment Yellow 139)

PY150…鎳偶氮系黃色顏料(C.I.顏料黃150) PY150... Nickel azo yellow pigment (C.I. Pigment Yellow 150)

PY185…異吲哚啉系黃色顏料(C.I.顏料黃185) PY185...isoporphyrin yellow pigment (C.I.Pigment Yellow 185)

色素衍生物(B-5):下述結構式的化合物 Pigment derivative (B-5): a compound of the following structural formula

<黃色顏料分散組成物的製備> <Preparation of yellow pigment dispersion composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合後,藉由珠磨機混合.分散3小時而製備黃色顏料分散組成物(Y-a)。 The mixture of the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, and then mixed by a bead mill. The yellow pigment dispersion composition (Y-a) was prepared by dispersing for 3 hours.

<藍色顏料分散組成物的製備> <Preparation of Blue Pigment Dispersion Composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合後,藉由珠磨機混合.分散3小時,製備藍色顏料分散組成物(B-a)。 The mixture of the following composition is uniformly stirred and mixed, and then mixed by a bead mill. The blue pigment dispersion composition (B-a) was prepared by dispersing for 3 hours.

[化58] [化58]

將組成內容變更為下述表4的組成,除此以外,利用與所述藍色顏料分散組成物(B-a)的製備相同的方法製備藍色顏料分散組成物(B-b)~藍色顏料分散組成物(B-g)。 The content of the composition is changed to the composition of the following Table 4, except that the blue pigment dispersion composition (Bb) to the blue pigment dispersion composition is prepared by the same method as the preparation of the blue pigment dispersion composition (Ba). (Bg).

於所述表4中,各記號是指以下化合物。 In the above Table 4, each symbol means the following compound.

PB15:6…銅酞菁系藍色顏料(C.I.顏料藍15:6) PB15: 6...copper phthalocyanine blue pigment (C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6)

PV23…二噁嗪系紫色顏料(C.I.顏料紫23) PV23...dioxazine-based violet pigment (C.I. Pigment Violet 23)

色素衍生物(B-7):下述結構式的化合物 Pigment derivative (B-7): a compound of the following structural formula

<紅色感光性樹脂組成物的製備> <Preparation of Red Photosensitive Resin Composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合,製備紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-a)。 The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed to prepare a red photosensitive resin composition (RR-a).

丙二醇單甲醚乙酸酯(PGMEA) 42.2質量份 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) 42.2 parts by mass

光聚合起始劑(E-1):1.2-辛二酮,1-[4-(苯硫基)-,2-(O-苯甲醯基肟)](巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造,豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE01) Photopolymerization initiator (E-1): 1.2-octanedione, 1-[4-(phenylthio)-, 2-(O-benzhydrylhydrazine)] (Manufactured by BASF) IRGACURE OXE01)

乙烯性不飽和化合物(F-1):二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯的環氧乙烷改質品(新中村化學工業股份有限公司製造,NK酯(NK Ester)A-DPH-12E) Ethylene unsaturated compound (F-1): ethylene oxide modified product of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., NK Ester A-DPH-12E)

氟系界面活性劑:(大日本油墨股份有限公司製造,美佳法(Megafac)F-781F) Fluorine-based surfactant: (Manufactured by Dainippon Ink Co., Ltd., Megafac F-781F)

將組成內容變更為下述表5的組成,除此以外,利用與所述紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-a)的製備相同的方法來製備紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-b)~紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-v)。 The red photosensitive resin composition (RR-b) was prepared by the same method as the preparation of the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-a) except that the composition was changed to the composition of the following Table 5. Red photosensitive resin composition (RR-v).

<評價> <evaluation> (PCD後的圖案形成性的評價) (Evaluation of pattern formation after PCD)

(1)透明抗蝕劑溶液A的製備(負型) (1) Preparation of transparent resist solution A (negative type)

將下述成分混合溶解,製備透明抗蝕劑溶液A。 The following components were mixed and dissolved to prepare a transparent resist solution A.

(甲基丙烯酸苄酯/甲基丙烯酸/甲基丙烯酸-2-羥基乙酯共聚物莫耳比=60:20:20,平均分子量為30200(聚苯乙烯換算),41%環己酮溶液) (Benzyl methacrylate / methacrylic acid / 2-hydroxyethyl methacrylate copolymer molar ratio = 60:20:20, average molecular weight of 30200 (in terms of polystyrene), 41% cyclohexanone solution)

(2)帶有底塗層的玻璃基板的製作 (2) Fabrication of a glass substrate with an undercoat layer

利用0.5%NaOH水對玻璃基板(康寧(Corning)1737)進行超音波清洗後,進行水洗、脫水烘烤(200℃/20分鐘)。繼而,使用旋塗機將所述(1)中所得的透明抗蝕劑溶液A以乾燥後的膜厚成為2μm的方式塗佈於經清洗的玻璃基板上,於220℃下加熱乾燥1小時而形成底塗層,藉此製備帶有底塗層的玻璃基板。 The glass substrate (Corning 1737) was ultrasonically washed with 0.5% NaOH water, and then washed with water and dehydrated (200 ° C / 20 minutes). Then, the transparent resist solution A obtained in the above (1) was applied onto the cleaned glass substrate so as to have a film thickness after drying of 2 μm by a spin coater, and dried by heating at 220 ° C for 1 hour. An undercoat layer is formed, thereby preparing a glass substrate with an undercoat layer.

(3)著色感光性樹脂組成物的曝光.顯影(著色圖案形成) (3) Exposure of coloring photosensitive resin composition. Development (coloring pattern formation)

準備2片以下基板:使用旋塗機將上文所得的紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-a)~紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-v)以乾燥後的膜厚成為0.6μm的方式塗佈於所述(2)中所得的帶有底塗層的玻璃基板的底塗層上,於100℃下預烘烤120秒鐘而成的基板。 Two sheets of the following substrate were prepared: the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-a) to the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-v) obtained above was applied by a spin coater so that the film thickness after drying was 0.6 μm. A substrate obtained by prebaking at 100 ° C for 120 seconds on the undercoat layer of the undercoated glass substrate obtained in the above (2).

對於所述基板中的一片,於塗佈紅色感光性樹脂組成物後立即使用i射線步進式曝光裝置FPA-i5+(佳能(Canon)(股)製造),通過線寬1.1μm的遮罩,對塗佈膜以365nm的波長以形成一邊的長度為1.1μm的棋盤格紋樣圖案的最適曝光量進行照射。曝光後,使用顯影液CD-2000(富士膠片電子材料(Fujifilm Electronic Materials)(股)製造)以25℃、40秒鐘的條件進行顯影。其後,以流水淋洗30秒鐘後,進行噴霧乾燥,獲得著色圖案。 For one of the substrates, an i-ray stepwise exposure apparatus FPA-i5+ (manufactured by Canon) was used immediately after application of the red photosensitive resin composition, and a mask having a line width of 1.1 μm was used. The coating film was irradiated with an optimum exposure amount of a checkerboard pattern having a length of 1.1 μm on one side at a wavelength of 365 nm. After exposure, use developer CD-2000 (Fujifilm Electronic Materials) Materials) (manufacturing)) Development was carried out at 25 ° C for 40 seconds. Thereafter, the mixture was rinsed with running water for 30 seconds, and then spray-dried to obtain a colored pattern.

繼而,對於所述基板中的另一片,於塗佈紅色感光性樹脂組成物後,於室溫的潔淨室(clean room)內放置72小時(PCD)後,利用與所述相同的方法獲得著色圖案。 Then, after applying the red photosensitive resin composition to the other of the substrates, after standing for 72 hours (PCD) in a clean room at room temperature, coloring was obtained by the same method as described above. pattern.

利用掃描式電子顯微鏡(Scanning Electron Microscope,SEM)對如此般所得的2種著色圖案進行觀察,對塗佈後立即(無PCD)進行曝光.顯影所得的著色圖案與於PCD後進行曝光.顯影所得的著色圖案的形狀進行比較,按以下基準進行評價。 The two coloring patterns thus obtained were observed by a scanning electron microscope (SEM), and exposed immediately after coating (without PCD). The coloring pattern obtained by development is exposed after PCD. The shapes of the colored patterns obtained by the development were compared and evaluated according to the following criteria.

A:與無PCD的著色圖案的形狀相比較,PCD後的著色圖案的形狀完全未變化 A: Compared with the shape of the colored pattern without PCD, the shape of the colored pattern after PCD is completely unchanged.

B:PCD後的著色圖案的形狀可見稍許變化,但無問題 B: The shape of the colored pattern after PCD is slightly changed, but no problem

C:PCD後的著色圖案的形狀倒塌,有問題 C: The shape of the colored pattern after PCD collapses, there is a problem

D:PCD後的著色圖案的形狀大幅度地倒塌 D: The shape of the colored pattern after PCD collapses drastically

將該PCD評價結果匯總示於下述表5中。 The PCD evaluation results are collectively shown in Table 5 below.

(色斑(顏色不均)的評價) (Evaluation of color unevenness (color unevenness))

使用旋塗機將上文所得的紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-a)~紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-v)以乾燥後的膜厚成為0.6μm的方式塗佈於玻璃基板上,於100℃下預烘烤120秒鐘而獲得著色塗膜1。 The red photosensitive resin composition (RR-a) to the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-v) obtained above was applied onto a glass substrate so that the film thickness after drying was 0.6 μm, using a spin coater. The colored coating film 1 was obtained by prebaking at 100 ° C for 120 seconds.

另外,使按所述要領所得的紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-a)~紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-v)於室溫下經時6個月後,使用 旋塗機以乾燥後的膜厚成為0.6μm的方式塗佈於玻璃基板上,於100℃下預烘烤120秒鐘而獲得著色塗膜2。 Further, the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-a) to the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-v) obtained in the above manner were used at room temperature for 6 months, and then used. The spin coater was applied onto a glass substrate so that the film thickness after drying became 0.6 μm, and prebaked at 100 ° C for 120 seconds to obtain a colored coating film 2 .

將所得的各著色塗膜設置於光學顯微鏡的觀測鏡頭與光源之間,朝向觀測鏡頭照射光,使用設置有倍率為1000倍的數位照相機的光學顯微鏡來觀察其透射光狀態。於設置於光學顯微鏡中的數位照相機中搭載128萬畫素的CCD,利用該數位照相機來拍攝處於透射光狀態的著色塗膜表面。拍攝圖像是作為以8位元(bit)的位元映像(bitmap)形式進行數位轉換而成的資料(數位圖像)而保存。 Each of the obtained colored coating films was placed between an observation lens of an optical microscope and a light source, and the light was irradiated toward the observation lens, and the transmitted light state was observed using an optical microscope provided with a digital camera having a magnification of 1,000. A CCD of 1.28 million pixels was mounted on a digital camera provided in an optical microscope, and the surface of the colored coating film in a transmitted light state was imaged by the digital camera. The captured image is stored as a digital image (digital image) which is digitally converted in the form of a bit map of 8 bits.

再者,著色塗膜表面的拍攝是對任意選擇的20個區域進行。另外,關於經數位轉換的資料,對拍攝圖像以0~255的256級的濃度分佈將RGB三原色各自的亮度數值化而進行保存。 Further, the photographing of the surface of the colored coating film was performed on 20 regions selected arbitrarily. Further, regarding the digitally converted data, the luminance of each of the RGB three primary colors is quantized and stored for the captured image with a density distribution of 256 levels of 0 to 255.

繼而,對於所保存的數位圖像,以1個格子尺寸相當於實際基板上的0.5μm四方的方式劃分成格子狀,將一個區塊內的亮度平均化。於本實施例中,利用128萬畫素的數位照相機來拍攝光學1000倍的圖像,故實際基板上的0.5μm成為拍攝圖像上的0.5mm,顯示器上的圖像尺寸為452mm×352mm,故一個區域中的總區塊數為636416個。 Then, the stored digital image is divided into a lattice shape so that one grid size corresponds to 0.5 μm square on the actual substrate, and the luminance in one block is averaged. In the present embodiment, a digital camera of 1.28 million pixels is used to capture an image 1000 times optically, so 0.5 μm on the actual substrate becomes 0.5 mm on the captured image, and the image size on the display is 452 mm × 352 mm. Therefore, the total number of blocks in a region is 636,416.

對於各區域的所有區塊,測量任意1個區塊及與之鄰接的所有鄰接區塊的平均亮度。將與鄰接區塊的平均亮度之差為5以上的區塊認定為顯著差異區塊,算出整個區域的顯著差異區塊的平均總數。該數值越小,與鄰接區塊的濃度差越小,色斑越少,表 示作為彩色濾光片的特性越優異。 For all blocks of each region, the average brightness of any one block and all adjacent blocks adjacent thereto is measured. The block having a difference of 5 or more from the average luminance of the adjacent blocks is regarded as a significant difference block, and the average total number of significant difference blocks in the entire area is calculated. The smaller the value, the smaller the difference in concentration from adjacent blocks, and the less the color spots, the table The more excellent the characteristics shown as a color filter.

將著色塗膜1的色斑的平均總數作為剛製備後的色斑的值,將著色塗膜2的色斑的平均總數作為於室溫下經時6個月後的色斑的值,進而將於室溫下經時6個月後除以剛製備後的色斑的值的色斑增大率示於下述表5中。 The average total number of stains of the colored coating film 1 is taken as the value of the stain immediately after preparation, and the average number of stains of the colored coating film 2 is taken as the value of the stain after 6 months at room temperature. The stain growth rate at which the value of the stain immediately after preparation was divided after 6 months at room temperature was shown in Table 5 below.

於所述表5中,各記號是指以下化合物。 In the above Table 5, each symbol means the following compound.

光聚合起始劑(E-2):乙酮,1-[9-乙基-6-(2-甲基苯甲醯基)-9H-咔唑-3-基]-,1-(O-乙醯基肟)(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造,豔佳固(IRGACURE)OXE02) Photopolymerization initiator (E-2): ethyl ketone, 1-[9-ethyl-6-(2-methylbenzhydryl)-9H-indazol-3-yl]-, 1-(O - 乙醯基肟) (Manufactured by BASF, IRGACURE OXE02)

光聚合起始劑(E-3):2-(二甲基胺基)-2-[(4-甲基苯基)甲基]-1-[4-(4-嗎啉基)苯基]-1-丁酮(巴斯夫(BASF)公司製造,豔佳固(IRGACURE)379) Photopolymerization initiator (E-3): 2-(dimethylamino)-2-[(4-methylphenyl)methyl]-1-[4-(4-morpholinyl)phenyl ]-1-butanone (made by BASF), IRGACURE 379)

乙烯性不飽和化合物(F-2):二季戊四醇六丙烯酸酯與二季戊四醇五丙烯酸酯的混合物(日本化藥股份有限公司製造,卡亞拉得(KAYARAD)DPHA) Ethylene unsaturated compound (F-2): a mixture of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate and dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd., KAYARAD DPHA)

乙烯性不飽和化合物(F-3):三羥甲基丙烷三丙烯酸酯(新中村化學工業股份有限公司製造,A-TMPT) Ethylene unsaturated compound (F-3): Trimethylolpropane triacrylate (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd., A-TMPT)

紫外線吸收劑:下述結構式的化合物 UV absorber: a compound of the following structural formula

根據所述表5所示的結果得知,比較例1及比較例3的紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-r)及紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-t)雖含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(C)磷酸系分散劑,但 不含(D)特定結構的樹脂,故PCD後的圖案形成性大幅度地劣化,色斑的經時增大亦稍大。另外,比較例2及比較例4的紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-s)及紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-u)雖含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(D)特定結構的樹脂,但不含(C)磷酸系分散劑,故色斑經時增大非常大,PCD後的圖案形成性亦有改善的餘地。 According to the results shown in Table 5, the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-r) and the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-t) of Comparative Example 1 and Comparative Example 3 contained the composition of the present invention. (C) a phosphate dispersant as an essential component, but Since the resin of the specific structure is not contained (D), the pattern formation property after PCD is largely deteriorated, and the increase in the time of the stain is also slightly large. In addition, the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-s) and the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-u) of Comparative Example 2 and Comparative Example 4 contain the (D) specific structure as an essential component in the composition of the present invention. The resin does not contain (C) a phosphate dispersant, so the color plaque increases greatly with time, and there is room for improvement in pattern formation after PCD.

得知相對於此,例如實施例1所示的本發明的紅色感光性樹脂組成物(RR-a)含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(C)磷酸系分散劑,進而含有(D)特定結構的樹脂,故色斑經時增大得到抑制,PCD後的圖案形成性亦得到大幅度改善。 In contrast, for example, the red photosensitive resin composition (RR-a) of the present invention shown in the first embodiment contains the (C) phosphate-based dispersant as an essential component in the composition of the present invention, and further contains (D). The resin of a specific structure is suppressed by the increase in color plaque over time, and the pattern formation property after PCD is also greatly improved.

另外亦得知,使用側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂(G-1)作為(G)樹脂黏合劑的實施例6~實施例20中,色斑的增大率進一步得到抑制。 Further, in Examples 6 to 20 in which the resin (G-1) having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain was used as the (G) resin binder, the increase rate of the color spots was further suppressed.

得知使用磷酸系分散劑(C-3)的實施例12、實施例19與使用其他磷酸系分散劑的實施例相比較,PCD後的圖案形成性更優異。 It was found that Example 12 and Example 19 using the phosphate dispersant (C-3) were more excellent in pattern formability after PCD than the examples using the other phosphate dispersant.

得知使用相對於(A)顏料100質量份而(D)特定結構的樹脂的含量超過80質量份的顏料分散組成物(R-c)"的實施例5中,雖然色斑的增大率及PCD後的圖案形成性較比較例更優異,但與其他實施例相比較稍差。 It is known that in Example 5 in which the content of the resin of (D) specific structure is more than 80 parts by mass of the pigment dispersion composition (Rc) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment, although the increase rate of the stain and the PCD The pattern formation property after the latter was superior to the comparative example, but it was slightly inferior to the other examples.

得知如實施例4所示般使(A)顏料、(B)鹼性色素衍生物及(C)磷酸系分散劑分散而獲得紅色顏料分散組成物後,調配(D) 樹脂而製備紅色感光性樹脂組成物,藉此色斑經時增大得到進一步抑制,PCD後的圖案形成性得到進一步改善。 It was found that the (A) pigment, the (B) basic dye derivative, and the (C) phosphate dispersant were dispersed as shown in Example 4 to obtain a red pigment dispersion composition, and then blended (D). The resin composition was used to prepare a red photosensitive resin composition, whereby the color spot was further increased over time, and the pattern formation property after PCD was further improved.

<綠色感光性樹脂組成物的製備> <Preparation of Green Photosensitive Resin Composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合,製備綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-a)。 The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed to prepare a green photosensitive resin composition (GR-a).

將組成內容變更為表6的內容,除此以外,利用與所述綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-a)的製備相同的方法來製備綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-b)~綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-u)。 The green photosensitive resin composition (GR-b) to green photosensitive was prepared by the same method as the preparation of the green photosensitive resin composition (GR-a) except that the composition was changed to the contents of Table 6. Resin composition (GR-u).

關於所得的綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-a)~綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-u),利用與實施例1相同的方法來進行剛製備後及於室溫下經時6個月後的色斑的值及PCD後的圖案形成性的評價。將結果匯總示於下述表6中。 The obtained green photosensitive resin composition (GR-a) to green photosensitive resin composition (GR-u) was subjected to the same method as in Example 1 and immediately after preparation and at room temperature for 6 months. The value of the subsequent stain and the evaluation of the pattern formation after PCD. The results are summarized in Table 6 below.

根據所述表6所示的結果,比較例5及比較例7的綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-r)及綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-t)雖含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(C)磷酸系分散劑,但不含(D)特定結構的樹脂,故PCD後的圖案形成性大幅度地劣化,色斑的經時增大亦稍大。另外,比較例6及比較例8的綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-s)及綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-u)雖含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(D)特定結構的樹脂黏合劑,但不含(C)磷酸系分散劑,故色斑經時增大非常大,PCD後的圖案形成性亦有改善的餘地。 According to the results shown in Table 6, the green photosensitive resin composition (GR-r) and the green photosensitive resin composition (GR-t) of Comparative Example 5 and Comparative Example 7 contained the composition of the present invention as Since the (C) phosphate-based dispersant of the essential component does not contain the resin of the specific structure (D), the pattern formation property after PCD is largely deteriorated, and the increase in the time of the stain is also slightly large. In addition, the green photosensitive resin composition (GR-s) and the green photosensitive resin composition (GR-u) of Comparative Example 6 and Comparative Example 8 contain the (D) specific structure as an essential component in the composition of the present invention. The resin binder does not contain the (C) phosphate dispersant, so the color plaque increases greatly with time, and there is room for improvement in pattern formation after PCD.

得知相對於該些比較例,例如實施例21所示的本發明的綠色感光性樹脂組成物(GR-a)含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(C)磷酸系分散劑,進而含有(D)特定結構的樹脂,故色斑經時增大得到抑制,PCD後的圖案形成性得到大幅度改善。 With respect to these comparative examples, for example, the green photosensitive resin composition (GR-a) of the present invention shown in Example 21 contains the (C) phosphate-based dispersant as an essential component in the composition of the present invention, and further Since the resin of (D) specific structure is contained, the increase in color plaque over time is suppressed, and the pattern formation property after PCD is greatly improved.

另外亦得知,使用側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂(G-1)作為(G)樹脂黏合劑的實施例26~實施例39中,色斑的增大率得到進一步抑制。 Further, in Examples 26 to 39 in which the resin (G-1) having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain was used as the (G) resin binder, the increase rate of the stain was further suppressed.

得知使用磷酸系分散劑(C-3)的實施例32、實施例39與使用其他磷酸系分散劑的實施例相比較,PCD後的圖案形成性更優異。 It was found that Example 32 and Example 39 using the phosphate-based dispersant (C-3) were more excellent in pattern formability after PCD than the examples using the other phosphate-based dispersant.

得知使用相對於(A)顏料100質量份而(D)樹脂的含量超過80質量份的顏料分散組成物(G-c)"的實施例25中,雖然色斑的增大率及PCD後的圖案形成性較比較例更優異,但與其他實 施例相比較稍差。 It is known that in Example 25, which uses 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment and (D) the content of the resin exceeds 80 parts by mass of the pigment dispersion composition (Gc), although the increase rate of the color spots and the pattern after the PCD Formability is better than the comparative example, but with other The example is slightly worse.

得知如實施例24所示般使(A)顏料、(B)鹼性色素衍生物及(C)磷酸系分散劑分散後,調配(D)樹脂而製備著色感光性樹脂組成物,藉此色斑經時增大得到進一步抑制,PCD後的圖案形成性得到進一步改善。 After the (A) pigment, the (B) basic dye derivative, and the (C) phosphate dispersant were dispersed as shown in Example 24, the (D) resin was blended to prepare a colored photosensitive resin composition. The increase in color plaque over time is further suppressed, and the pattern formation after PCD is further improved.

<藍色感光性樹脂組成物的製備> <Preparation of Blue Photosensitive Resin Composition>

將下述組成的混合物均勻地攪拌混合,製備藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-a)。 The mixture of the following composition was uniformly stirred and mixed to prepare a blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-a).

將組成內容變更為下述表7的內容,除此以外,利用與所述藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-a)的製備相同的方法來製備藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-b)~藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-m)。 A blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-b) was prepared by the same method as the preparation of the blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-a) except that the content of the composition was changed to the following Table 7. ) ~ Blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-m).

對於所得的藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-a)~藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-m),利用與實施例1相同的方法來進行剛製 備後及於室溫下經時6個月後的色斑的值及PCD後的圖案形成性的評價。將結果匯總示於下述表7中。 The obtained blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-a) to blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-m) was subjected to the same method as in Example 1 to carry out the rigid method. The value of the stain after 6 months elapsed at room temperature and the pattern formation property after PCD were evaluated. The results are summarized in Table 7 below.

根據所述表7所示的結果,比較例9的藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-1)雖含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(C)磷酸系分散劑,但不含(D)特定結構的樹脂黏合劑,故PCD後的圖案形成性大幅度地劣化,色斑的經時增大亦稍大。另外,比較例10的藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-m)雖含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(D)特定結構的樹脂,但不含(C)磷酸系分散劑,故色斑經時增大非常大,PCD後的圖案形成性亦有改善的餘地。 According to the results shown in Table 7, the blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-1) of Comparative Example 9 contains the (C) phosphate-based dispersant as an essential component in the composition of the present invention, but does not contain ( D) Since the resin binder of a specific structure is degraded, the pattern formation property after PCD is largely deteriorated, and the time-lapse of the stain is also slightly larger. Further, the blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-m) of Comparative Example 10 contains the (D) specific structure resin as an essential component in the composition of the present invention, but does not contain the (C) phosphate-based dispersant. The color plaque increases greatly over time, and there is room for improvement in pattern formation after PCD.

得知相對於該些比較例,例如實施例40所示的本發明的藍色感光性樹脂組成物(BR-a)含有本發明的組成物中作為必需成分的(C)磷酸系分散劑,進而含有(D)特定結構的樹脂黏合劑,故於室溫下經時6個月後的色斑增大得到抑制,PCD後的圖案形成性得到大幅度改善。 With respect to these comparative examples, for example, the blue photosensitive resin composition (BR-a) of the present invention shown in Example 40 contains the (C) phosphate-based dispersant as an essential component in the composition of the present invention. Further, since (D) a resin binder having a specific structure is contained, the increase in stain after 6 months at room temperature is suppressed, and the pattern formation property after PCD is greatly improved.

另外亦得知,使用側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂(G-1)作為(G)樹脂黏合劑的實施例45~實施例52中,色斑的增大率得到進一步抑制。 Further, in Examples 45 to 52 in which the resin (G-1) having a polymerizable double bond in the side chain was used as the (G) resin binder, the increase rate of the color spots was further suppressed.

得知使用磷酸系分散劑(C-3)的實施例43、實施例51與使用其他磷酸系分散劑的實施例相比較,PCD後的圖案形成性更優異。 It was found that Example 43 and Example 51 using the phosphate dispersant (C-3) were more excellent in pattern formability after PCD than the examples using the other phosphate dispersant.

得知使用相對於(A)顏料100質量份而(D)樹脂的含量超過80質量份的顏料分散組成物(R-c)"的實施例44中,雖然色斑的增大率及PCD後的圖案形成性較比較例更優異,但與其他實 施例相比較稍差。 It is known that in Example 44, which uses 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment and (D) the content of the resin exceeds 80 parts by mass of the pigment dispersion composition (Rc), although the increase rate of the stain and the pattern after the PCD Formability is better than the comparative example, but with other The example is slightly worse.

得知如實施例43所示般使(A)顏料、(B)鹼性色素衍生物及(C)磷酸系分散劑分散後,調配(D)樹脂而製備著色感光性樹脂組成物,由此色斑經時增大得到進一步抑制,PCD後的圖案形成性得到進一步改善。 When the (A) pigment, the (B) basic dye derivative, and the (C) phosphate dispersant are dispersed as shown in Example 43, the (D) resin is blended to prepare a colored photosensitive resin composition. The increase in color plaque over time is further suppressed, and the pattern formation after PCD is further improved.

除了將上述各實施例中的(B)鹼性色素衍生物換成等量的特開2011-162760號公報的段落0223所記載的化合物7(轉載如下)以外,以同樣方式製備著色感光性樹脂組成物。對所獲得的著色感光性樹脂組成物的圖案形成性進行評價,結果確認可形成良好的圖案。 The colored photosensitive resin was prepared in the same manner except that the (B) basic dye derivative in each of the above examples was replaced by the compound 7 (reproduced below) of paragraph 0223 of JP-A-2011-162760. Composition. The pattern formation property of the obtained coloring photosensitive resin composition was evaluated, and it was confirmed that a favorable pattern was formed.

1‧‧‧著色圖案 1‧‧‧Coloring pattern

Claims (18)

一種著色感光性樹脂組成物,含有:(A)顏料、(B)鹼性色素衍生物、(C)下述通式(II)所表示的磷酸系分散劑、(D)將下述通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂、(E)光聚合起始劑、以及(F)聚合性化合物, 通式(II)中,R3表示數量平均分子量為400~30000的聚酯結構,y表示1或2;於y為2的情形時,多個R3分別可相同亦可不同;通式(IV)中,R4表示氫原子或甲基,R5表示碳數2或3的伸烷基,R6表示氫原子或可含有苯環的碳數1~20的烷基,n表示1~15的整數;於n為2以上的情形時,多個R5分別可相同亦可不同。 A colored photosensitive resin composition comprising: (A) a pigment, (B) a basic dye derivative, (C) a phosphate-based dispersant represented by the following formula (II), and (D) a general formula a resin obtained by copolymerizing a compound (x) represented by (IV) with a compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, (E) a photopolymerization initiator, and (F) a polymerizable compound, In the formula (II), R 3 represents a polyester structure having a number average molecular weight of 400 to 30,000, y represents 1 or 2; and in the case where y is 2, a plurality of R 3 's may be the same or different; In IV), R 4 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 5 represents an alkylene group having 2 or 3 carbon atoms, and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a benzene ring, and n represents 1~. An integer of 15; when n is 2 or more, a plurality of R 5 's may be the same or different. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述(B)鹼性色素衍生物是具有胺基的化合物。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the (B) basic dye derivative is a compound having an amine group. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其 中所述(A)顏料是選自由紅色顏料、綠色顏料及黃色顏料所組成的組群中。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein The (A) pigment described in the above is selected from the group consisting of a red pigment, a green pigment, and a yellow pigment. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述通式(II)中,所述R3所表示的聚酯結構的數量平均分子量為1900~10000。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein in the general formula (II), the polyester structure represented by R 3 has a number average molecular weight of 1900 to 10,000. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述通式(II)中,所述R3所表示的聚酯結構為將兩種以上的不同的內酯單體開環聚合所得的聚酯結構。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein in the general formula (II), the polyester structure represented by the R 3 is a monomer of two or more different lactones. The polyester structure obtained by ring polymerization. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,更含有(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the items 1 to 5, further comprising (G) a resin having a polymerizable double bond in a side chain. 如申請專利範圍第6項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述(G)側鏈上具有聚合性雙鍵的樹脂為使化合物(b)與共聚物(a)反應而成的樹脂,所述化合物(b)具有可與羥基反應的官能基及乙烯性不飽和雙鍵,所述共聚物(a)為具有2個~6個羥基的聚合性單體(p)與其他聚合性單體(q)的共聚物。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to claim 6, wherein the resin having a polymerizable double bond in the (G) side chain is a resin obtained by reacting the compound (b) with the copolymer (a). The compound (b) has a functional group reactive with a hydroxyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated double bond, and the copolymer (a) is a polymerizable monomer (p) having 2 to 6 hydroxyl groups and other polymerizable properties. a copolymer of monomer (q). 如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中相對於所述(A)顏料100質量份,所述(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂的含量為5質量份~80質量份。 The color-sensitive photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the items 1 to 5, wherein the (D) is a compound of the formula (IV) with respect to 100 parts by mass of the (A) pigment The content of the resin obtained by copolymerizing the compound (x) and the compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is 5 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其中所述著色感光性樹脂組成物是使所述(A)顏料、所述(B)鹼性色素衍生物及所述(C)通式(II)所表示的 磷酸系分散劑分散後,調配所述(D)將通式(IV)所表示的化合物(x)與具有乙烯性不飽和雙鍵的化合物(y)共聚合而成的樹脂而成。 The coloring photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the items 1 to 5, wherein the coloring photosensitive resin composition is such that the (A) pigment and the (B) are alkaline. a pigment derivative and the (C) represented by the formula (II) After dispersing the phosphate-based dispersant, the (D) resin obtained by copolymerizing the compound (x) represented by the formula (IV) and the compound (y) having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond is prepared. 如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物,其用於形成彩色濾光片的著色區域。 The colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the items 1 to 5, which is used for forming a colored region of a color filter. 一種硬化膜,其是使如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物硬化而成。 A cured film obtained by curing the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the first to fifth aspects of the invention. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性組成物層的步驟;將所述著色感光性組成物層曝光成圖案狀的步驟;以及將未曝光部顯影去除而形成著色圖案的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter comprising: applying the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5 to a support to form a colored photosensitive composition layer; a step of exposing the colored photosensitive composition layer into a pattern; and a step of developing and removing the unexposed portion to form a colored pattern. 一種彩色濾光片的製造方法,包括:將如申請專利範圍第1項至第5項中任一項所述的著色感光性樹脂組成物應用於支持體上而形成著色感光性組成物層,並使其硬化而形成著色層的步驟;於所述著色層上形成光阻層的步驟;藉由進行曝光及顯影而將所述光阻層圖案化,獲得抗蝕劑圖案的步驟;以及將所述抗蝕劑圖案作為蝕刻遮罩來對所述著色層進行乾蝕刻的步驟。 A method of producing a color filter comprising: applying the colored photosensitive resin composition according to any one of the above-mentioned items of the first to fifth aspects to a support to form a colored photosensitive composition layer, And hardening to form a coloring layer; forming a photoresist layer on the colored layer; patterning the photoresist layer by performing exposure and development to obtain a resist pattern; and The resist pattern is used as an etch mask to dry etch the colored layer. 一種彩色濾光片,具有如申請專利範圍第11項所述的硬 化膜。 A color filter having a hardness as described in claim 11 Film. 一種彩色濾光片,其是以如申請專利範圍第12項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法製造而成。 A color filter manufactured by the method of producing a color filter according to claim 12 of the patent application. 一種彩色濾光片,其是以如申請專利範圍第13項所述的彩色濾光片的製造方法製造而成。 A color filter manufactured by the method of producing a color filter according to claim 13 of the patent application. 一種固體攝像元件,具有如申請專利範圍第14項至第16項中任一項所述的彩色濾光片。 A solid-state imaging device having the color filter according to any one of claims 14 to 16. 一種圖像顯示裝置,具有如申請專利範圍第14項至第16項中任一項所述的彩色濾光片。 An image display device having the color filter according to any one of claims 14 to 16.
TW103126674A 2013-08-05 2014-08-05 Colored photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing the same, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device TWI592752B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013162160 2013-08-05

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201506544A true TW201506544A (en) 2015-02-16
TWI592752B TWI592752B (en) 2017-07-21

Family

ID=52461270

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103126674A TWI592752B (en) 2013-08-05 2014-08-05 Colored photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing the same, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6106639B2 (en)
KR (1) KR101821235B1 (en)
CN (1) CN105283806B (en)
TW (1) TWI592752B (en)
WO (1) WO2015019934A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6426563B2 (en) * 2015-08-31 2018-11-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Photosensitive composition, method of producing cured film, method of producing liquid crystal display device, method of producing organic electroluminescence display device, and method of producing touch panel
TWI810158B (en) * 2016-08-01 2023-08-01 日商富士軟片股份有限公司 Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, laminate, method for producing cured film, method for producing laminate, and semiconductor element
KR20190104422A (en) 2017-03-24 2019-09-09 후지필름 가부시키가이샤 Colored composition, pigment dispersion liquid, the manufacturing method of a pigment dispersion liquid, cured film, a color filter, a solid-state image sensor, and an image display apparatus
JP2019113612A (en) * 2017-12-21 2019-07-11 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter
KR20210018309A (en) * 2018-05-31 2021-02-17 토요잉크Sc홀딩스주식회사 Coloring composition and manufacturing method of color filter for solid-state image sensor

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4461681B2 (en) * 2002-01-29 2010-05-12 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP4133137B2 (en) * 2002-09-06 2008-08-13 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition
JP2004347915A (en) * 2003-05-23 2004-12-09 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Color composition for color filter and color filter
JP4351519B2 (en) * 2003-11-26 2009-10-28 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Photosensitive composition and color filter
JP2007171853A (en) * 2005-12-26 2007-07-05 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP4802746B2 (en) 2006-02-08 2011-10-26 凸版印刷株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition and color filter
JP4655963B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2011-03-23 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Pigment composition, pigment dispersion and ink
JP4678316B2 (en) 2006-02-28 2011-04-27 東洋インキ製造株式会社 Pigment composition, pigment dispersion and ink
JP2007322949A (en) * 2006-06-05 2007-12-13 Toyo Ink Mfg Co Ltd Colored resin composition for color filter and color filter
JP5094378B2 (en) * 2007-02-14 2012-12-12 富士フイルム株式会社 Color filter for solid-state image sensor, method for manufacturing the same, and solid-state image sensor
JP5489966B2 (en) * 2009-12-18 2014-05-14 富士フイルム株式会社 Light-shielding curable composition, wafer level lens, and light-shielding color filter
JP5194098B2 (en) * 2010-11-25 2013-05-08 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter
JP5880196B2 (en) * 2011-03-29 2016-03-08 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP5861171B2 (en) * 2011-12-16 2016-02-16 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Red coloring composition for color filter and color filter
JP6135252B2 (en) * 2013-04-01 2017-05-31 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Coloring composition for color filter, and color filter

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6106639B2 (en) 2017-04-05
KR20160019541A (en) 2016-02-19
KR101821235B1 (en) 2018-01-23
TWI592752B (en) 2017-07-21
CN105283806A (en) 2016-01-27
CN105283806B (en) 2019-11-12
WO2015019934A1 (en) 2015-02-12
JP2015052779A (en) 2015-03-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI617624B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, image display device, organic electroluminescence device, pigment, and method for manufacturing pigment
TWI572979B (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensor and image display device
TWI611257B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device
JP6339208B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TWI644992B (en) Colored composition, cured film, pattern forming method,color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
JP6054824B2 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2016031574A1 (en) Composition, cured film, pattern forming method, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2015016243A1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image pickup device, and image display device
WO2015115412A1 (en) Coloring composition, cured film using same, color filter, pattern forming method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
JP6837988B2 (en) Coloring compositions, color filters, pattern forming methods, solid-state image sensors, image display devices and dye multimers
TWI592752B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition and method for manufacturing the same, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device
WO2016072259A1 (en) Colored curable composition, color filter, pattern formation method, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
TW201506535A (en) Colored composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid-state image sensing device, and image display device
TW201506537A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, method for manufacturing color filter, solid state image capture device and image display device
WO2016031444A1 (en) Pigment dispersion, process for producing pigment dispersion, colored composition, cured film, color filter, process for producing color filter, solid imaging element, image display device, and composition
WO2016031442A1 (en) Coloring composition, color filter, method for forming pattern, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for producing dye multimer
WO2015115413A1 (en) Coloring composition, pattern formation method, color filter manufacturing method, color filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and method for manufacturing coloring composition